The Boutique Adventurer: Luxury Adventure Travel Blog focussed on Emerging Destinations for those over 35

Everest Base Camp Trek Blog: A Day by Day Guide

By: Author Amanda OBrien

Posted on Last updated: 16/02/2024

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is not for the faint of heart. I trained for several months before my base camp trek and still found it extremely challenging. I also found the food and accommodations very challenging as well!

Here is my Everest Base Camp trek blog with a blow-by-blow account of each trek day.

  • Everest base camp Trek Blog Day One: Kathmandu to Phakding

Table of Contents

Flying to Lukla

Lukla to everest base camp: the beginning of the trek, accommodation, everest base camp blog day two: phakding to namche bazaar, namche bazaar, everest base camp trekking day three:  namche bazaar to khumjung, hike to everest base camp day 4:   kyanjuma to tengboche 3867m, himalaya trekking day 5: tengboche to dingboche 4350m, base camp trek day 6: acclimatisation day dingboche 4350m, everest base camp trek blog day seven, everest base camp blog day eight – everest base camp, himalaya trekking base camp day nine:, how to get to kathmandu:, everest base camp trek guided tour options, everest base camp trek frequently asked questions, how difficult is the everest base camp trek, how much money should i take on the everest base camp trek, is trekking to everest base camp worth it, what is the best time to visit everest base camp, boutique hotels in kathmandu, who paid for what in this post.

My Everest Base Camp Trek Blog starts very early on Day One in Kathmandu . You quickly learn that the best weather of the day for Everest Base Camp trekking is first thing eg 5 or 6 am.

To get to Lukla, you want to be on the first flight out of Kathmandu as anything can happen with the weather and many delays. This is also when it is an excellent time to be traveling with an organised tour as they have a lot of clout in terms of seats on airlines.

⇒ My Complete Everest Base Camp Packing Guide

looking out of a plane window onto a propellor and the himalayas on the way to Lukla nepal

We got on the first flight out – flying from Kathmandu to Lukla on a 14 seater – and headed to the world’s scariest airport Lukla! The flight is quite spectacular – I had read to sit up the front on the left side as you enter from the back of the plane.

There were then two seats next to me. I had a great seat for most of the flight – but the seat next to me eg the middle seat of the first row had the best view of the runway and Lukla airport. It is a very short runway and then straight into a mountain. A second bucket list experience for this trip!

I enjoyed the flight, but I am not a fearful flyer. It would be challenging if you were. Upon arrival, we got a coffee at a nearby lodge and waited for our bags to arrive.

Our bags came across three different flights. And then, it was time to start the hike from Lukla to Everest Base Camp.

⇒ My Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary – What I did plus what I would have done differently .

the main street of Lukla Nepal

We walked through the rather small town of Lukla – the streets are full of people and “joeys” which is the name for the horses. Yaks don’t operate under 3000m – too warm for them with all that underbelly of hair – so the joeys take care of carrying bags etc at the lower levels.

signs for restaurants in lukla

We had a beautiful first day of walking – clear skies. Unlike Kilimanjaro, which is entirely a national park with no one living in it, – there is always something going on during the hike to  Everest base camp.

Villages, people, joeys, yaks, monasteries. The first day was a half-day of walking, and it was a pretty relaxed session – a bit of up and down but not much.

Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty Day One:       3/10

river and town of Phakding Nepal

We got into our first tea house Sunrise Lodge & Restaurant quite early – about 4 pm. We found our rooms and put in our dinner orders. The rooms at the Nepal tea houses are basic as promised. Twin beds – each bed has a fitted sheet, a pillow with a pillowcase, and a duvet of sorts.

I only used my sleeping bag as a base the first few nights as I would have been too hot in it. That and I hate sleeping bags as you really can’t move much in them but that’s what keeps you warm.

exteior of the Sunrise Lodge in Nepal

I wasn’t looking for a shower option at this Nepalese tea house as I had had one that morning. This was probably the only time on the Everest Base Camp Trek I really sat outside and read my book on the trip.

Dinner was fine – I was able to have a glass of wine with my vegetarian Momos, so I was happy.

⇒ If you want to know more about Nepal Tea Houses on the trek – from showers to charging to the food – read all about it here .

trekkers ready to set off from the Sunrise lodge for the everest base camp trek

The Everest Base Camp Blog begins at 7 am on Day Two for an 8 am exit from Phakding. This was one of the toughest days of the Everest Base Camp trek in terms of physical exercise – 16km of rather relentless up and down – particularly the last two hours.

It is, however, quite a stunning walk. There are quite a few firsts on day two of the ebc trek – first suspension bridge, first entry into the official Sagarmatha national park and the first view of Everest weather permitting! We saw a very exciting first hint of Everest.

Green Tara hotel exterior in Namche Bazaar Nepal

Namche Bazaar is the London of the Everest Base Camp Trek. It is a bustling village with lots of shops and restaurants. I was very excited to find many Illy coffee signs and takeaway coffees. And the coffee in Namche Bazaar wasn’t bad either.

Some treks have two nights here for acclimatization but we were only one night. We got into Namche Bazaar by about 4 pm which gave me time to have a quick wander. This is the last good place to pick up chocolate, biscuits, pharmacy items, gear for the trek etc etc.

Day Two Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:    7/10

bathroom at green tara tea house nepal

This was probably the best tea house of the Everest Base Camp Trek – The Green Tara Hotel . We even had an ensuite – albeit the shower only had cold water. There were two excellent hot showers on a different floor of this Namche Bazaar tea house.

Most excitingly, the Green Tara Hotel owner had a hairdryer that he allowed us to use free of charge. The owner here was very friendly and this tea house had a great feel. The Green Tara Hotel was also very very clean.

The town of Namche Bazaar seen from above

Namche Bazaar to Khumjung is one of the most stunning days of Everest Base Camp Trekking. We had earned our views after a very steep trek out of Namche. Our morning coffee stop was the best of the trip – the Everest View Hotel .

On the way there we got amazing views of Mount Everest – the scenery was just jaw-dropping.

view of mount everest along the everest base camp trek

⇒ And definitely log in to 12Go when you’re organising how you’re going to get around Nepal. This super easy-to-use platform has all modes of transport on one platform and allows you to compare based on time, cost, and reviews.

stairs leading up to the hotel everest view hotel

The Everest View Hotel itself is lovely. A massive terrace allows everyone to enjoy their coffee with what must be one of the best views in the world.

View over the town of Kunde Nepal

We then had a lovely trek down to Kunde where we visited the Edmund Hillary Hospital and learned about how emergency medicine works on the mountain and what had happened during the earthquake.

It was amazing what can be accomplished at such an altitude. We also visited a local school which is also funded by the Edmund Hillary organisation .

Prayer Books at Khumjung Monastery Nepal

We then visited a monastery in Khumjung which was quite picturesque. It claims to have the only Yeti skull in the world. Of course, a fee is involved to see such an amazing icon.

It appeared to be kept in a rather non-museum like box in a cupboard. Two members of our group agreed to pay, and the rest of us were told in no uncertain terms to pay up or head out of Khumjung monastery.

Day 3 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:       4/10

Tea house in Khumjung Nepal

Our tea house for night three was Amadablam View Lodge . This was nothing particularly exciting, but it was decent and clean which is all that was needed and again I was able to have a hot shower which was exciting.

This marked my first consumption of Sherpa stew which became my signature dinner meal of the trip. I always went vegetarian – which meant carrot and potato rather than anything green.

yaks trekking past trees and rock with nepalese writing

The hike to Everest Base Camp Day four is blessedly more of a half-day as the altitude kicks up. It begins with a descending walk and then moves into a climb through the forest. We arrived in Tengboche around lunchtime.

This was one of my favorite places we visited on the trek. Tengboche has a lovely feel to it, and it was one of the best tea houses in terms of food and it definitely won for the best coffee on the trek.

buildings in tengboche nepal with mountains behind

In the afternoon we visited Tengboche Monastery , again a trip’s highlight. Every person who has climbed Mount Everest has visited this monastery to be blessed from Sir Edmund Hilary onwards.

We went to the afternoon prayer ceremony at Tengboche Monastery and it was packed. Sitting where every Everest climber has sat was humbling and a bit awesome.

tengboche nepal monks in a window making the call to prayer with shells

The monks wander in and out of the ceremony, bringing some food, having a laugh and a chat and then picking up on the chanting. It is a very enjoyable hour and I highly recommend attending Tengboche Monastery.

Day 4 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:       5/10

tengboche monastery nepal

The hike to Everest Base Camp Trek Day 5 has some spectacular walking and a lot of up and down. Well every day on the trek has a lot of up and down, but I did seem to feel it more on Day 5 – and it added to get some great views.

Day 5 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:    6/10

buildings with sign for home for old nuns on everest base camp trek

This is where I really started to feel the altitude. We did a decent-sized acclimatization climb to the Nangkartshang Peak, which is 5100m. It was tough work.

The physical strain became very clear, and the headaches started to get stronger. I also noticed at this point my appetite was quite shot and I was getting dependent on chocolate – and even that was an effort.

However, we were rewarded with some spectacular views, which always helps and allowed for some great photos for the Everest Base Camp Trek Blog.

views from the altitude climb at Dingboche over the himalayas

Getting down was almost more of a challenge than getting up. This was one of our first descents. I do prefer an ascent to a descent in general. I always think I must have gone toppling down a mountain in a previous life.

Night two at the Dingboche tea house started to wear a bit thin – especially as it became very cold in the late afternoon with snow, They did offer clothes washing at this tea house, but it was too cold to do so as they needed to be able to hang the clothes outside to dry.

dingboche nepal

This was quite a big tea house though so there were a couple of communal warm areas. They also still had a good range of snacks and of course ginger, honey and lemon tea to help make the afternoon and evening go faster.

Day 6 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:     6/10

view along the everest base camp trek on the seventh day leaving Dingboche

The morning was one of if not the most stunning scenery of my Everest Base Camp Trekking. It is hard climbing from Dingboche, but once you ascend, you are rewarded with spectacular 360 views. It is jaw-droppingly beautiful.

Broad views over Lobuche with multiple himalayan mountains in the background

It is then some seriously high walking to the first-morning tea stop. I began to feel very weird and unwell at this point. I made it to the rest stop, but it wasn’t easy, and I was quite disoriented.

Anyway, I continued, and we made it to the very basic tea house in Lobuche. This was a difficult night as you are at just over 4900m, so sleeping is tough, and the need to urinate and the thirst frequent.

Day 7 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:    9/10

everest base camp trekking path on the seventh day

So this is the big day. An early start and some serious walking to get to Gorak Shep for lunchtime. I felt very lousy, but I won’t bore you with all those details.

It is tough to eat at this point, and everyone is feeling the altitude. It is then a flat walk followed by some tough walking mostly due to the altitude, to get to Everest Base camp.

The weather at base camp can be very mixed. Visibility was not great when we arrived, but we were very lucky and the sun came out after we had been there for about 30 minutes. We spent one hour at Everest Base camp which was sufficient time.

You, of course, need to get your photo taken with the rock formations and prayer flags and there is quite a queue! And you need to get a group shot done here.

everest base camp with lots of soft cloud

The views of the Khumbu icefall are fantastic. I had always wanted to see this as I have watched many Everest movies and read many Everest books. It appears to be pure ice, and I have no idea how anyone climbs it.

No one ventures that far once you get to base camp, as everyone is feeling the altitude. I felt dreadful but forced myself to go and take photos etc as heck I had made it now.

What you see when you arrive at everest base camp on the trek

You don’t see climbers etc as the tents are scattered over quite a large area. It is most powerful to stay near the rocks and prayer flags as it allows you to get a good view over base camp.

Otherwise to be honest, it would be a cold camping ground with some stunning mountains around it. The trek back was tough – about 2 hours.

The last hour is pretty flat thank goodness. I collapsed into bed as soon as we got back at 5 pm. It was another up at 2 am with a vice-like headache/loo issue evening as well which was not fun at 5100m. Definitely the worst night of the trip.

Day 8 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:     10/10

everest base camp trek heading down ground and mountains

Day Nine gives you the option of getting up at 330am and ascending Kala Pattar . Of course, before the trip, I had been confident that I would want to do this.

On the trip, I would have rather stuck long hot needles into my eyes than do this! About half of our group went, and half didn’t. Their photos were great, but all said it was very tough.

graves and tributes to those who have died climbing mount everest

This was a tough day as the Everest Base Camp Trek is 90% up and down whether you are going up or down, so it is hard trekking. We ended the day in Pheriche .

This is where I ended my trek as I felt so absolutely dreadful and was not recovering from altitude sickness as I should have been at that point. A doctor in Pheriche agreed that I needed to head down and I got a helicopter out the next morning.

The rest of the group then had three days of trekking ahead of them and three more nights of tea houses before returning to Kathmandu. I spent those three days in bed sick as a dog so I definitely felt that I had made the right decision to head down sooner rather than later.

I was quite happy with my Everest Base Camp Trek Blog ending. Having said that, it was a difficult conversation with the leader of my trek, despite my having a certificate from a doctor to head down the mountain.

I clearly wasn’t about to die – which I openly stated – but I felt extremely sick and was sure that if I continued I would hurt myself. I hadn’t had a proper meal in four days and still had no appetite.

Also, I had Kilimanjaro for comparison, where I quickly recovered my appetite and physical ability after a much higher ascent. I soon realized that, as always, the key issue was money.

It took me a while to realize how huge the cost to helicopter me out was from my guide’s point of view. I had asked one of the sherpas that day, and he had estimated US$1200. I have to tell you that it felt like a bargain to me at that point, as I had felt so dreadful in such difficult conditions for several days.

Anyway, I offered to give him my credit card to book the helicopter and said that I would handle the whole process through my insurance company when I returned to London. This changed the conversation and got the helicopter going for the next day.

When I returned to London, I completed my insurance claim and all my costs were covered. I was far too unwell to continue – as I told the doctor, if I felt like this at home, I wouldn’t leave my flat let alone take on three more days of intensive trekking.

It was quite upsetting to be met with resistance when I had a doctor’s certificate and felt so unwell, and initially, I got quite upset and angry. However, a calm voice in my head said that I needed to get out of there and get my credit card out, and it worked.

Day 9 Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty:    8/10

view from helicopter of the himalayas

⇒ Flights to Kathmandu

This is one trip where you MUST take out travel insurance ! I certainly ended up using mine.

yaks carrying suppliers heading up the everest base camp trek

⇒ If you’re planning on heading up to Everest Base Camp check out this really good comparison of tour options on Viator.

I did the Everest Base Camp Trek with Exodus . Exodus is the biggest tour operator for Everest Base Camp so there are quite a few benefits in going with them in terms of expertise, access to the best teahouses etc.

They also know what they are doing and are very organised. As Exodus is a big deal in Nepal anyone working with them locally will be keen for this to continue and therefore service levels are pretty good.

⇒ Click here for Exodus Everest Base Camp Treks. 

In terms of UK based tour operators, we saw quite a few G Adventures groups during our trek. They tend to stay at the same kinds of tea houses and have a similar setup.

I have also heard that Intrepid is a good operator for base camp.

woman in front of pile of rocks and prayer flags at everest base camp

This depends on your level of fitness. It would be extremely difficult for an unfit person to attempt to climb Everest Base Camp. For the average trekker, it is considered to be moderately difficult.

tips for everest base camp trek

Most trekkers heading to Everest Base Camp will do so as part of a guided tour. Most guided tours will cover all of the major costs of the trek as part of their package eg meals and accommodation. However, there are opportunities to buy sweets etc as well as wifi, clothes washing, extra coffee etc. I would recommend bringing at least $USD10 per day on top of having all expenses covered.

singles travel groups

As long as you don’t get too sick or injure yourself then yes. It is an amazing feeling to have managed to trek to Everest Base Camp and an achievement that will stay with you for the rest of your life.

Everest base camp trek travel guide

In my opinion, the best time to visit Everest Base Camp is April/May. Weather conditions are quite stable and the skies are quite clear. Also, these are generally the times when it is best to attempt to summit Mount Everest. This means that Everest Base Camp will be populated with many tents and people. If you visit in September/October it will be empty.

I recommend enjoying some luxury pre and post the Nepal Tea Houses! Without question, the best boutique hotel in Kathmandu is the lovely lovely Dwarika Hotel Kathmandu .

It was also my best place to visit in Kathmandu Nepal, for its restaurants and stunning building.

It isn’t exactly boutique, but as options at a higher boutique end are a bit low in Kathmandu, I am going to list the Hyatt Regency Kathmandu .

⇒ Read reviews on TripAdvisor ⇒ Book Now

Kathmandu has some more basic boutique hotels that offer great value for money. Dalai-La and Kantipur Temple Hous e offer traditional Nepalese style.

⇒ Read reviews of Dalai-La on TripAdvisor ⇒ Book Now

⇒ Read reviews of Kantipur Temple House on TripAdvisor ⇒ Book

Now Aria Boutique Hotel & Spa is somewhat more modern with its offer. Uniquely for Kathmandu, its interiors are heavy on white!

If you’re after a real treat check out my post on the stunning Dwarika’s Dhulikhel Resort – stunning Himalayan luxury.

everest-base-camp with mountains behind

I covered the costs associated with most of this trip, but Dwarika’s were kind enough to give me a discount on my accommodation costs. But as always my opinion is my own.

This post contains affiliate links. That means if you click through on them and end up making a purchase I will receive a small commission. This won’t affect the price that you pay. I just wanted to make sure that you were aware of this.

Related Posts:

World’s Most Beautiful Cities

Famous Landmarks around the world

Best Sunsets in the World

Asia Landmarks

Like this post? Why not Pin It?

Everest Base Camp Trek Blog #everestbasecamp#everestbasecamptrek#everestbasecamptrekking

Amanda O’Brien is the creator and editor of The Boutique Adventurer. She has visited 80 countries and is a member of the British Guild of Travel Writers as well as the IFTWTA. She is passionate about wine had has just completed Level 3 of the WSET. Born in Australia, she lives in London.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Monday 16th of January 2023

Great post and beautiful photos! I see your recommendation that April/May is the best time to visit but is that when you were actually there? We’re booked on a tour that goes from April 28th -May 12th (reaches base camp on May 6th) and I’m getting a little nervous because I’d originally read this was a great time to go and now I’ve seen a lot of articles talking about how it’s more likely to be rainy/clouded in/low visibility at that time of year (versus the fall). I know you can’t control the weather but it would be so disappointing to go all that way and never be able to see the mountains! If you were there around that same time it gives me some hope!

Amanda OBrien

Monday 6th of February 2023

Hi Erin. Sorry for the delay in reply. I visited at the same time you are eg early May. We still had many blue sky days and I think it is a great time to go. Hope you have a wonderful experience!

Tuesday 4th of October 2022

Hi Who did you use for insurance? Hard to find one that covers the altitude Thanks

Thursday 6th of October 2022

Hi Laina. I booked my insurance through Exodus Travel as my trip was with them. I checked my emails and it seems that they used this company https://www.csal.co.uk/ I would definitely find an insurer who covers altitude. Best of luck!

Doug Geniesse

Sunday 22nd of May 2022

Great write up!

I did the trek in 1980 with my dad. It was before all the hospitality. We stayed in tents. We climbed Kayla Patar but did not go to the base camp. Our trek cost $800 each. The trekking was just getting started so they did not know how to price it yet…

Wednesday 25th of May 2022

Thanks for sharing Doug - sounds like trekking in Nepal has changed alot over the years!

Tuesday 27th of April 2021

Hi. Thanks soooo much for sharing your experience. Me and my wife are contemplating doing the EBC in November. We are good hikers but NOT trekkers !!?? Very healthy, swimming and treadmill 2-3 times/week. Is it doable in your opinion? Is there a possibility to stay 2 days instead of one day only at the same level / segment of the trek? Thanks so much for your non-binding advice. Michael and Terry.

The Boutique Adventurer

Wednesday 28th of April 2021

Hi Michael and Terry. It is probably doable but I think it is more about how much you enjoy it. Due to the level of trekking it would probably be best to add some weights into your exercise regime - it's all about strengthening your legs and glutes to deal with the uphill elements. If you get your own guide you can design your own trip and probably stay more than one night at stops. best of luck!

Arjun Rijal

Sunday 9th of August 2020

Great and detail info, thank you for sharing !

Like this post? Why Not Share It?

Thanks for Sharing!

Journey Era

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide

Jackson Groves

Posted on Last updated: August 10, 2023

Categories NEPAL , HIKING

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide

Mt. Everest is the highest mountain in the world and trekking to the base camp is no easy feat either. It’s a journey through some of the most spectacular mountain views but also through a number of beautiful villages along the way. The Everest Base Camp Trek takes anywhere from 9 to 15 days depending on your route and itinerary but also how well you acclimatize.

ebc trek blog

In this article, I will cover everything you need to know about the logistics of the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek but I will also share with you my experience on each day of the trek. A short journal entry with a vlog from my experiences from each day will give you an idea of what to expect and you can see how the journey went for me. After sharing my experience, I will then include all of the information you need to know in this complete guide about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

BEST TREKKING COMPANY IN NEPAL

a person standing on top of a mountain

Interested in trekking in Nepal or doing the Everest Base Camp Trek? I recommend booking your trek with Himalayan Masters , which is the company I use for all of my treks in Nepal. Use my code  JACKSON5  when you book to receive a 5% DISCOUNT .

Table of Contents

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DETAILS

  • Distance : 120 km round-trip from Lukla to Base Camp and back to Lukla (You will fly to Lukla from Kathmandu)
  • Days required : 12 -14 days
  • Total Incline : (Undulation) – 6015 m
  • Total Decline :(Undulation) – 5821 m
  • The highest point on the trek : 5640 m/18 500 ft, this is actually at Kala Patthar, which you will hike to in the morning after reaching Everest Base Camp. This is where you get the best views of Mount Everest.
  • Difficulty : It’s hard for an average hiker but the altitude is definitely more difficult to manage than the distance with several rest days and acclimatization days.
  • Permits : Your tour operator will take care of these but in case you do the trek independently it’s good to know that you will pay a Local Government fee and Sagarmatha National Park permit, which totaled together cost about $40-$50
  • Cost per day : This will depend on your tour price and whether you do the trek with a group, a porter, a guide, or independently. Somewhere between USD $40 (without flights) $60 per person per day with all meals, transport, and guides included.
  • Guide : It isn’t required but highly recommended. You can do the Everest Base Camp Trek in a few different ways such as by yourself with no guide, with an experienced guide or in a group with a guide.
  • Accommodation : Guest Houses, also known as Tea Houses along the way where you will sleep in a comfortable bed and have access to showers (extra charge) and restaurant facilities. Very comfortable accommodation and great after a long day of hiking.

ebc trek blog

TRY THE 3 BEST TREKS IN NEPAL

a person standing on top of a mountain

Manaslu Circuit : My personal favorite 2-week trek through Tibetan villages and stunning scenery. Less crowded and more authentic.

Annapurna Circuit : The most beautiful & scenic 2-week trek in Nepal although can be crowded at times.

Everest Base Camp Trek : The most iconic 2-week route reaching the famous (EBC) Everest Base Camp at 5,300m.

BOOKING A GUIDE FOR THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

The Everest Base Camp Trek doesn’t require a guide but it’s great to have a guide managing the logistics such as directions, tea-houses, distances, medical issues, and the overall organization. I’d say 90% of trekkers go with a guide. I highly recommend booking with Himalayan Masters which is one of the top trekking companies when it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trek. I’ve trekked many different routes in Nepal with them and I’m a big fan of their attention to detail.

The trek costs around $1500 USD with Himalayan Masters as of 2022 and includes all transfers, accommodation, meals, drinks, permits, and even the hotel stay before and after the trek at a high-quality hotel. I honestly had a great time on this trek and I can wholeheartedly recommend Himalayan Masters.

You can use my discount code ‘ JACKSON5 ‘ for 5% off the total price of your trek with Himalayan Masters which is a pretty handy saving.

Email: [email protected]

ebc trek blog

TOP 3 PLACES TO STAY IN KATHMANDU

a picture of a picture of a picture of a picture of a picture of a

  • Ultimate Luxury: The Dwarika’s Hotel – Luxury, Spa-service, Pool
  • Best Value : Aloft Kathmandu Thamel – Swimming Pool, Gym & Great Restuarant
  • Budget Choice: Hotel Jampa is easily the top cheap hotel in Kathmandu

MY EXPERIENCE ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

I’d like to share with you my experience and photos from my two weeks of trekking to Everest Base Camp. I hope you enjoy recounting the journey as much as I did.

Day One, Two & Three: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phak Ding to Namche

Day one began with an incredible flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. Unfortunately for me, I had come down with food poisoning the night before the trek so it was a rough start for me but I decided to battle on. The flight gives you incredible views of the Himalayas before you touch down at Lukla Airport, one of the most famous and scariest airports in the world. The landing strip is on a downwards slope and gives passengers a heart-in-mouth moment on take-off and landing.

After landing, we had a quick coffee and look around Lukla before making the short and relatively flat trek through the villages and forest to reach Phak Ding. Day one is a short trek but you have made your way up pretty high even just by landing at Lukla Airport so it is not a bad idea to take the first day easy, given that your biggest battle on this trek will be the altitude, not the distance or speed.

Day Two for me was actually a day of recovery in Phak Ding where I spent the entire day sick in the guesthouse. There is usually one day scheduled on your itinerary for sickness or rest day so I had used mine early!

Day three was a tough day as I was still recovering but we made the climb up to Namche, which is a winding climb through the forest and out above the tree line. Namche  Bazaar is located at an altitude of 3450m inside the Sagarmatha national park, a UNESCO world heritage site and it is actually known as the last frontier for trekkers and climbers before the trek to Everest Base Camp starts to get serious.

ebc trek blog

Day Four & Five: Namche to Tengboche to Dingboche

Day four is a big day of climbing. Namche Bazaar is 3,440 meters and Tengboche is 3,860 meters but the constant undulation on the trail means you will climb almost 900 meters of incline throughout the day.

The day begins by following the valley wall as you get some great views of the Everest mountain range out in front. The path then heads down into the valley floor as you lose a lot of elevation. However, you will then cross over the river and gain all the elevation back as you approach Tengboche where you will stay for the night.

Expect to have views of the mighty mountain Ama Dablam as well as Lhotse, Nupste, and even the peak of Mount Everest. Interestingly this will be one of the best views you have of Mount Everest until you reach Kala Patthar in a few days’ time.

ebc trek blog

On day five of the Everest Base Camp trek, you say goodbye to the village of Tengboche and head towards Dingboche. It is a stunninng day as you voyage through the valley as the glacier river flows down below while snow-capped peaks loom in the distance. Along the trek, you will stop for tea in the village of Pangboche with lots of views of Ama Dablam mountain .

The elevation gain on day five is 700 meters and the entire journey will take about 5-6 hours at a moderate pace. Dingboche is 4,400 meters above sea level so it’s common to start to have a couple of symptoms of altitude sickness at this stage of the trek.

When you leave Tengboche, you begin a descent into the beautiful forest and can enjoy the shade as you pass through the village of Deboche. After you pass through Deboche, the trail gains some elevation and you will cross a suspension bridge, which guides you to the left side of the valley. Ama Dablam is still in view as you navigate the steep sections of the incline.

ebc trek blog

Day Six & Seven: Chuukhung Ri Acclimitization and Dingboche to Lobuche

Day six was an acclimatization day up to Chukhung Ri viewpoint, which was actually one of my favorite days. Because we would stay a second night in Dingboche, we left our bags in the tea house and did the climb up and down Chukhung Ri to help our bodies adjust to the altitude. The idea is to hike high and sleep low, which helps the body adapt.

Chukhung Ri is actually at 5500 meters, which is more than 1000 meters above Dingboche. This is a steep climb and you don’t need to go all the way to the summit. However, with spectacular views, isolation from other hikers, and a good chance to help your body adapt to the altitude, it’s a great day excursion with incredible scenery.

ebc trek blog

On day seven of the Everest Base Camp trek, we hiked from Dingboche to Lobuche, which is actually the second-highest village on the entire trail. Today is also the first time we will see the Khumba Glacier, which is one of the highlights of the trip.

The total elevation change for day seven is 500 meters in altitude but you will climb 600m in total for the day taking into account a few downhill sections on the trail. It’s a shorter day taking just four hours to reach Lobuche from Dingboche.

ebc trek blog

Day Eight: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

On day eight of the Everest Base Camp trek, it is finally time to reach Everest Base Camp. From Lobuche your first trek to Gorak Shep, which is the highest village you sleep at throughout the trek.

Gorak Shep is a small village, and it’s the closest to Everest Base Camp is also the closest village to Everest Base Camp. Basically, you will trek to Gorak Shep, have an early lunch, and drop off your bag before doing the round-trip trek to explore Everest Base Camp. Then you will return to Gorak Shep where you will stay the night before heading to the nearby Kala Patthar in the morning.

The journey from Lobuche to Gorak Shep is along a rocky path, which slowly gains elevation as you walk next to the Khumbu Glacier. From Gorak Shep to Base camp, you will reach an altitude of 5,364m, which won’t be the highest on the trek as you will go higher the next morning at Kala Patthar.

When you leave Gorak Shep you walk next to the Khumbu Glacier with the Everest Mountain Range looming behind. The glacier is covered in dust and rocks due to the sediments, which have been falling from the surrounding peaks over the last years.

The trail continues alongside the glacier until you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s interesting because you actually can’t see Mount Everest from the base camp, which surprised me but the surrounding peaks are still very impressive and dramatic. Depending on if you come during the climbing season or off-season will alter how the base camp looks. I visited in the low season so there were no tents set up and it was pretty barren.

The trail continues past some Sherpa prayer flags as the rocky terrain leads you towards the famous Everest Base Camp rock, which is covered in hundreds of prayer flags. We’ve made it!

ebc trek blog

Day Nine: Kala Patthar

The highlight of the Everest Base Camp trek was the climb up to Kalapathar (also spelled out as Kala Patthar). It’s a 5,540-meter peak, which looms over the small village of Gorak Shep where you have just spent the night. It’s worth the freezing wake-up call in the morning as it is one of the best spots in Sagarmatha National Park to take in the views of Mount Everest.

It’s only a 3-kilometer round-trip trek from Gorak Shep with 300 meters of incline but at such high altitude, it can be quite difficult. I suggest starting 1.5-2 hours before sunrise so you are at the summit when the morning glow begins. After enjoying the sunrise with epic views of the cloud-filled valley and Mount Everest, we began the trek back down to Lukla.

It would take us another two days to reach Lukla, which is less than normal but going down is much easier.

ebc trek blog

Day Ten & Eleven: Heading back down

Heading back down is now at the pace of your choosing. We were keen to get back to Kathmandu so we took just two days to head back down the mountain. With altitude sickness no longer an issue, you can really make some good time.

If you are ahead of schedule you can keep going to the next village as there are no pre-made bookings. Heading down is a great feeling as you have accomplished reaching the base camp and you can now just breathe in the mountain air and enjoy the descent.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE

In this section of the blog post, I will share with you the logistics and everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

HOW TO TREK TO EVEREST BASE CAMP

You have a few different options depending on your experience and requirements:

  • Book a package through an agency to join a tour group
  • Do the trek independently (not with an agency) but still hire a guide and/or porter
  • Do the Everest Base Camp Trek entirely independently

If you are alone and don’t want to do the trek independently then it is a great idea to join a group. There are lots of free time and chill moments at the teahouses to play cards and chat with your group.

Doing it entirely independently means you are in charge of all the logistics and it can be quite stressful if you aren’t experienced at managing all flights, maps, costs, negotiations, food, language barriers, first-aid and more.

BOOKING AN EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK IN ADVANCE

These are the most popular routes and are organized by the top tour companies who have a global reputation.

The Everest Base Camp Trek doesn’t require a guide but it’s great to have a guide managing the logistics such as directions, tea-houses, distances, medical issues, and the overall organization. I’d say 90% of trekkers go with a guide.

I highly recommend booking with Himalayan Masters which is one of the top trekking companies when it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trek. I’ve trekked many different routes in Nepal with them and I’m a big fan of their attention to detail.

ebc trek blog

CHOOSING THE RIGHT TOUR AND A GUIDE

Trekking to Everest Base Camp can be done without a guide although I suggest hiring one. Here are 3 reasons why:

  • Directions : The route isn’t incredibly hard to follow but there are many twists and turns I would have missed had I not had a guide. The route is available on many maps and map applications but it isn’t a clear trail throughout and some previous experience following a trail in a foreign country would be necessary.
  • A guide is relatively cheap to hire : Included in your trekking package will be a qualified guide. However, in your package is also meals, accommodation, flights, etc. The guide him or herself will only cost $10-15 per day.
  • When things go wrong : My guide helped me through food poisoning, altitude sickness and was as much a nurse as a guide. I rarely get sick at normal heights but altitude sickness is uncontrollable. I am pretty fit and it still smashed me hard. You can go it alone and be fine but it’s comforting to have a guide there when you come into trouble, especially with altitude sickness. My guide had seen it all before so his calm made me feel better about feeling sick for four days straight.

If you think you will get a guide like the majority of people on the Everest Base Camp, you have a lot of options and things to consider. Pictured below is my guide, Lapsang, who was a legend and someone who became a good friend. When I left Nepal he waited at the bus stop for two hours with me and gave me a Nepali scarf as a gift.

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

I suggest going with a small group of friends. We saw a few big groups and it looked like a Contiki tour compared to the experience I had with just myself and my guide. Only get a porter if you really need it. You should be able to carry your bag for 4-5 hours of trekking each day.

My guide, Lapsang Tamang, had done the trek multiple times as a porter and now many times a guide. He said he has lost count but somewhere over 20 times, he has been hiking the Everest Base Camp Trek. The best thing to do is to contact my guide and arrange to meet him first in Kathmandu so you can chat and decide if you want to go ahead. You will be together for 12 days after all!

You can directly contact my guide Lapsang by emailing him here: [email protected]

Lapsang is an awesome guy and I had too many chai tea hangouts with him before and after the trip. Lapsang and I became friends during the trip and afterward, we went bungee jumping, cooked Dal Bhat at his apartment, and visited Swayambunath Temple.

ebc trek blog

EVEREST BASE CAMP PACKING LIST

I had no winter clothes or even trekking shoes before getting to Kathmandu and bought it all for under $200 brand new (Likely fake North Face). But just as a guide you can get all the gear new for under $200. Bargaining/second hand etc. may help you get it a bit cheaper but this was one time I didn’t want to be so tight with money then freeze my ass off later on top of a mountain.

Keep in mind you won’t be doing any washing. Clothes that dry quickly and are lightweight are key. I showered once… Here is a list of what I took:

  • 2 pairs of pants that rip off into shorts ($15 each in Kathmandu) (Super Safari style but actually handy in this situation.)
  • 2 long sleeve quick-dry material shirts ($10 each in Kathmandu)
  • 5 Pairs of Thermal North Face socks ($2-3 per pair in Kathmandu)
  • 1 Fleece pants and sweater. ($25 for top and bottom in Kathmandu)
  • 1 Thermal Lycra long sleeve and pants ($20 in Kathmandu)
  • 5-6 pairs of quick-dry underwear
  • 1 huge waterproof down jacket (Rented for $1 a day in Kathmandu)
  • Beanie ($1 in Kathmandu)
  • Neck Buff ($2 in Kathmandu)
  • Gloves ($5 in Kathmandu)
  • Water Purification pills and 1L bottle
  • Camera gear and electronics (Not necessary but up to you. Obviously I carried a lot)

All of this should fit into a backpack no bigger than 50L and be less than 15kg. I used my 60L backpacking bag because I didn’t want to buy a new bag for a two-week trek. It worked out fine and weighed about 13kg including all of my lenses, chargers, and power banks.

What are my favorite pieces of trekking gear?

There are six pieces of gear that I simply never forget when I go trekking. These are five items that I using right now and this list gets updated every year! Here are my trekking essentials.

  • Arcteryx BETA AR Rain Jacket : This is my go-to rain jacket. It’s super light, folds down into a tiny ball, and protects brilliantly in a storm. This one never leaves my backpack.
  • Salomon X Ultra 3 Mid GTX Hiking Boots : For the best ankle support, waterproofing, and durable exterior I’m a fan of tough but light hiking boots like these Salomons for my adventures.
  • Black Diamond Head Torch : I can’t tell you how many times, I’ve arrived back from a hike unexpectedly late. I always keep this lightweight but strong headtorch in my bag for the unexpected.
  • Darn Tough Socks : These are the most comfortable hiking socks I’ve ever worn and last for years. They also have a lifetime warranty and you just send them in with a hole and they replace it no questions asked.
  • Osprey Atmos AG 65L Backpack : I’ve never had a more comfortable 65L pack than this one. I got it in the Navy Blue and have trekked with it through many a mountain.
  • Bl ack Diamond Trekking Poles : They might feel weird at first, but on a long trek with incline and decline you’ll begin to love these.
  • Grayl GeoPress Water Filter Bottle : I’ve used this for three years. It filters your water with one press and you can drink directly from it. Never buy a plastic water bottle again!

ebc trek blog

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST

I paid $900 USD for my package all the way back in 2016 but you can expect to pay anywhere from $1400 to $2500 these days.

What’s included in the package for trekking to Everest Base Camp:

  • Taxi from Thamel to Kathmandu Airport
  • Flights from Kathmandu Airport to Lukla Airport
  • Flights from Lukla Airport to Kathmandu Airport (Regular price $320 round trip)
  • Breakfast, lunch, and dinner from the guesthouses you are staying at. I could pick anything on the menu, which had western options or Nepali options. You can eat pancakes, pizza, and burgers or you can go for the 24-hr Nepali Power Dal Bhat. I could also choose any hot drink with each meal.
  • Your guide throughout the trip.

What’s not included:

  • Water. You can buy bottled water like me if you are playing it safe. It is $1 per bottle at a lower elevation and $3 per bottle at the highest elevation. Or lots of people use purification tablets and they seemed to be fine.
  • Electricity

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: WIFI/ELECTRICITY AVAILABILITY.

Wifi: Costs anywhere from $3 to $10 to use wifi at the guesthouses. Buy a Ncell Sim before you go. Ncell works at 50% of the guesthouses. Electricity:  You will have to pay anywhere from $2 at low elevation to $8 at high elevation to charge your power banks, cameras, and phones. The key is to get a fat power bank. Pay to charge that then charge everything from your power bank. My power bank lets me charge my phone and four camera batteries before it would be done.

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: BEST TIME OF YEAR

This is an interesting question. Do you want snow, reliable weather or to get away from crazy crowds?

February to May – Peak season, clear bright days, very busy trails, lots of people attempting Everest ascent June to August – Monsoon season, no crowds and empty guesthouses September to October – Most stable and clear weather, trails are quite busy November to January – Coldest period, can reach -25, some routes closed

I trekked in the first week of June and was lucky to escape the rain. I didn’t get wet once. Normally it rained in the afternoon or at night if at all but we trekked in the morning and usually only heard the rain as we slept. The trails were open and some days we didn’t even see anyone.

My guide showed me a photo of Namche on a busy morning and I couldn’t believe it. The path looked like the start of a marathon. After seeing that I was so glad to have gone in the off-season.

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK TEMPERATURE

During June when I trekked it was sunny in the days and I actually wore shorts every day. However as I mentioned above about when the best time to be trekking to Everest Base Camp is, it can get very cold at high elevations during November to January (-20 to-30)

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DIFFICULTY

Trekking to Everest Base Camp takes some serious effort. But do you need to be in great shape to complete the journey? The simple answer is NO.

You can go at a slow pace, your own pace, and still make it to Everest Base Camp. In fact, going slow will help you to acclimatize better. I am all about speed but this is not a race. Some days we only trekked for just over three hours but we gained 500m in altitude so we rested for a day and then went again in the morning.

Having said all of that you should be able to walk 10-15 km in a day. Be able to walk up intense inclines for at least an hour. Be able to carry a bag while doing all of this unless you plan to hire a porter.

It’s hard to measure if you are ready. It isn’t like a marathon or anything else you have ever done most probably. I didn’t train at all and was fine. I’m in pretty good shape and played sport my whole life. There were people on the trail who were overweight and going incredibly slow but they were right there with us at base camp to celebrate the achievement.

EVEREST BASE CAMP ALTITUDE

The base camp is 17,600 ft or 5,380m. However, you will probably also trek to Kala Patthar, which looks over the base camp. Kala Patthara is 5,644m high.

ebc trek blog

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DISTANCE

The distance from Lukla the first town to Everest Base Camp is 38.58 miles or 62 kilometers. Most people take 8-9 days trekking to Everest Base Camp and 3-4 days trekking back to Lukla. It took 8 days to trek to Base camp and two days to trek out.

EVEREST BASE CAMP ITINERARY

Your itinerary will vary depending on your speed and your guide. However, most people follow a somewhat similar trail and timeline. This was my timeline. Note that I spent one extra day in Phak Ding due to sickness. Most people spend that extra day in Namche.

  • Day 1.  Kathmandu flight to Lukla Lukla to Phak Ding (3-4 hrs)
  • Day 2. Phak Ding rest day (sickness)
  • Day 3.  Phak Ding to Namche (5 hrs)
  • Day 4.  Namche to Tenboche (4 hrs)
  • Day 5.  Tenboche to Dinboche (3 hrs)
  • Day 6.  Dinboche to Chukhung Ri (2.5 hrs) Chukhung Ri back to Dinboche (1.5 hrs) (Acclimatization day)
  • Day 7.  Dinboche to Lobuche (3 hrs)
  • Day 8.  Lobuche to Gorak Shep (2 hrs) Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp (1.5 hrs) Everest Base Camp to Gorak Shep (1.5 hrs)
  • Day 9.  Gorak Shep to Kala Patthara (2 hrs) Kala Patthara to Gorak Shep (1 hr) Gorak Shep to Tenboche (7hrs)
  • Day 10.  Tenboche to Lukla (8 hrs)

Trekking to everest base camp,Everest base camp trek cost, everest base camp 2017, everest base camp trek blog, everest base camp trek best time of year, mt everest base camp trek, everest base camp trek difficulty, everest base camp blog, everest base camp temperature, everest base camp reviews, everest base camp difficulty, everest base camp trek blog, base camp nepal, everest base camp trek itinerary, everest base camp blog, everest base camp trek packing list, how difficult is everest base camp, everest base camp trek best time of year, everest base camp packing list, best time to visit everest base camp, everest base camp distance, how difficult is everest base camp trek

I hope you enjoyed my guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek and you have a great adventure.

HAVE YOU READ MY OTHER NEPAL BLOGS?

I’ve been lucky enough to have many awesome adventures in Nepal, which you can check out below where I’ve listed some of my favorite blog poss from Nepal.

  • The Most Iconic route: Everest Base Camp Trek
  • The Most Scenic Route: Annapurna Circuit Trek
  • My Favorite Trek in Nepal: Manaslu Circuit Trek
  • An Easy Nepal Trek: Langtang Valley Trek
  • A great beginner peak: Island Peak Climb (6,165m)
  • My Favorite Climb in Nepal: Climbing Ama Dablam (6,812m)
  • My first 8000er: Climbing Manaslu (8,163m)
  • My toughest climb in Nepal: Climbing Makalu (8,463m)
  • Where to stay: 16 Best Places to Stay in Kathmandu

a group of people sitting on top of a snow covered mountain

Tuesday 31st of October 2023

Sunday 17th of September 2023

So much informative articles which helps people to trek Everest Base Camp Trek

Inge Winkler

Saturday 3rd of June 2023

Hello, thank you for posting all the great infos, this will be very helpful for us. Could you please update me if the requirement of a Professional Guide is in place now or is there a way around it. Thank you so much in advance. Happy Trails, Inge

Sunday 18th of June 2023

I believe you need a guide now to trek anything above 3000m

Monday 21st of November 2022

Thanks for sharing such an adventurous trip experience with us. I read your blog. It feels like I was personally enjoying this trip.

Friday 12th of August 2022

Hi Jackson,

This was a helpful and informative guide. Kudos!

I had a small suggestion: You could have a small sections box right in the beginning and link each sub-section directly to the relevant content below, for ease of navigation!

Torn Tackies Travel Blog

The Ultimate Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary: How to Get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Sitting at 5 380 m, the EBC trek in Nepal is one of the most iconic hikes in the world and tops any adventurer’s bucket list!

But walking over 130 km from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is tough! Mentally, physically and emotionally. Every day of your expedition will push you to your limits.

The reality is that no matter how intense your preparation is, it’s not your fitness levels or even your age that will determine whether you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s about how your body adjusts to a higher altitude.

Some people struggle, others don’t. This is why the acclimatization schedule in your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is so crucial.

After successfully reaching base camp, I put together this comprehensive guide which includes step-by-step details of the best Everest Base Camp route to take, including the trekking time, the highlights, the best tea houses, how to deal with altitude sickness and so much more!

What to pack for Everest Base Camp

Quick Navigation

When to plan your Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

April to May (Spring) and October to November (Autumn) are the most popular hiking months in Nepal offering perfect conditions for your Everest Base Camp trek.

But these months also attract scores of travelers looking to take on the Himalaya mountain ranges and so the trail does get busy.

Everest Base Camp tour itinerary

Everest Base Camp Trek Route

If you follow my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, you’ll need 12 days to start and return to Lukla. You will reach Everest Base Camp on day 9 which is enough time for your body to adjust to the higher altitude.

Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phakding

Day 2: phakding to namche bazaar, day 3: namche bazaar (acclimatization day), day 4: namche bazaar to khumjung, day 5: khumjung to phortse, day 6: phortse to dingboche, day 7: dingboche (acclimatization day), day 8: dingboche to lobuche, day 9: lobuche to gorak shep to everest base camp to gorak shep, day 10: gorak shep to kala patthar to pheriche, day 11: pheriche to namche bazaar, day 12: namche bazaar to lukla.

I did not take altitude sickness medication such as Diamox but I walked slowly, extremely slowly – probably the slowest anyone’s ever walked to EBC. This Everest Base Camp trek itinerary offers the best acclimatizing schedule to allow your body to naturally adjust to a higher altitude.

14 Day Everest Base Camp trek itinerary

The start of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Kathmandu

Your first few days in Nepal will be in the capital city, Kathmandu. Sitting at 1 400m above sea level, it’s recommended to spend at least 2 days here.

This allows your body to get used to the higher elevation, especially if you’re coming from sea level.

Kathmandu is a dynamic city with a rich culture and tradition, and you can easily spend a few extra days exploring if you have the time. Most tour operators include a day excursion to the nearby sights and temples within the city.

Make sure you stay in Thamel. It’s the hiking hub of Kathmandu with lots of eager trekkers choosing to base themselves here.

You can buy all your Everest Base Camp hiking gear in Thamel so don’t worry if you’ve forgotten something behind. Or if, like me , you arrived in Nepal with no hiking gear – only a pair of hiking boots! Thamel has got you covered.

Lukla Airport in Nepal

Altitude: Kathmandu (1 400m) – Lukla (2 860m) – Phakding (2 610m).

Trekking time: 3-4 hours | 7,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy with only a few uphill sections.

Highlight: Flight into Lukla.

Overview: The first day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start bright and early with a flight out of Kathmandu to the infamous Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla. From there, you’ll hit the ground running and hike just over 3 hours to Phakding, your stop for the night.

Tea house: Royal Sherpa Resort.

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary day 1

The day has finally arrived – The first day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary!

The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla is only 36 minutes but it relies heavily on the weather. Even if there’s slight cloud cover, the flights are delayed or worse, canceled. Lukla Airport is one of the most dangerous airports in the world after all.

My flight with Summit Air was due to leave at 9 am, but we only left after 3 pm due to the weather conditions. The planes are tiny, and you’re allowed no more than 15kg of luggage – in total!

The flight itself was thrilling but not as frightening as I anticipated. Although I did freak out every few minutes when there was a slight bump.

Lukla to Phakding

Views on Everest Base Camp hike

Once you’ve arrived in Lukla, grab a quick bite to eat before starting the afternoon trek to Phakding.

This section from Lukla to Phakding is an easy one and it’s the perfect introduction to the Himilaya mountain range. It’s an incredibly scenic trail that hugs the mountain and runs alongside a stream.

You’ll pass through several villages and will set your sights on the first yaks and mules of your Everest Base Camp trek.

Before you know it, you’ll have reached Phakding where you’ll spend the night in your first tea house. Don’t get too used to these comfortable conditions though. The further up you go from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, the more basic the amenities become!

Tip: There are ATM’s in Lukla (and Namche) but draw cash in Kathmandu as a back-up.

Tip: There’s cell reception (NCell) in Phakding and most tea houses offer free power to charge up your phone or camera here.

Tip: Try to eat well during the first few days as you’ll start losing your appetite from day 3 of your Everest Base Camp itinerary. Remember: “Dal Bhat Power – 24 Hour”

Namche Bazaar

Altitude: Phakding (2 610m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 7-9 hours | 10,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy for the first section, steep and difficult for the second half.

Highlight: The views from the suspension bridges.

Overview: Day 2 is when the real hiking starts! You’ll begin with a slow hike before climbing a steep section leading to Namche Bazaar, one of the most iconic stops on your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Tea house: AD Friendship Lodge.

Everest Base Camp packing list female

Day 2 is one of the most picturesque days of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary. But you have a long day of hiking ahead of you so try to leave Phakding by 08:00 am.

The first part is an easy trek alongside pine forests and the excitement will begin to set in as you pass fellow trekkers making their way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

The glacial rivers are an impressive sight and you’ll cross several suspension bridges throughout the course of the day. These offer gorgeous views but they’re also terrifyingly high! Take in these beautiful surroundings as the landscape changes dramatically over the week.

After lunch, there is a sharp gain in elevation and the easy path suddenly becomes steeper. Take it slow to allow your body to adjust to this higher altitude.

En route to Namche Bazaar, you’ll also get your first glimpse of Mount Everest (If the weather conditions are on your side). You’ll also need to sign in at a checkpoint.

Namche Bazaar

Namche Bazaar is a picturesque village with a lively atmosphere. It’s the main trading center of the Khumbu region and a sherpa village. From Namche Bazaar it starts to get chilly but luckily there are plenty of tea houses with fireplaces to warm you up.

Tip: After you’ve arrived in Namche, pop into Hermann Helmers for their chocolate carrot cake. It’s life-changing!

Tip: Take a warm shower in Namche ($5) as it’s the cheapest you’ll find for the next 10 days!

Tip: Avoid eating meat after Namche Bazaar. Just think of it being carried up the mountain, during the heat of the day with no refrigeration. Don’t do it!

Day 3 of your EBC trek itinerary is your acclimatization day, a supposedly “rest day” to allow your body to slowly adjust to the high altitude. But that doesn’t mean you’ll get to sit inside and relax all day. Today, you’ll do an acclimatization hike to Everest View Hotel.

Boots for hiking in Nepal

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Everest View Hotel (3 880m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking Time: 3 hours | 2.5 km.

Difficulty: The path itself isn’t too difficult, but with the elevation gain, you’ll begin losing your breath quickly.

Highlight: Watching Everest documentaries at Liquid Bar in Namche Bazaar (3 pm or 7:30 pm).

Overview: A short hiking day to Everest View Hotel and back, followed by free time to explore Namche Bazaar.

Acclimitization hike to EBC

Even if you’re not feeling up to it, it’s important to get out and hike to a higher point, before coming back down to sleep at a lower altitude.

Today is also your second chance to get a glimpse of Mount Everest if you didn’t the day before. The trek is a tough one, and if you have not yet felt any symptoms of the higher altitude, you’ll soon begin to experience them.

Tip: There are many pubs and bars which show Everest documentaries. Make sure you watch one during your time in Namche Bazaar (But don’t drink alcohol on your way up – save that for when you return).

Khumjung in Everest Base Camp itinerary

Route: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Khumjung (3 780m).

Trekking time: 4 hours | 4 km.

Difficulty: Moderately easy as it’s a short trekking day but from today the cold sets in.

Highlights: Playing card games in front of the fire, wrapped up in my sleeping bag because it was so cold.

Overview: You’ll go off the standard trekking route from Namche to Khumjung.

Tea House: Hill Top Lodge.

nights at the tea house

This is where most Everest Base Camp trek itineraries differ. From Namche Bazaar, there are two routes you can take both of which link up again in Dingboche on day 6 of your trek.

The first option (and most popular) is from Namche to Tengboche, before reaching Dingboche .

The second option (and my chosen route) is from Namche to Khumjung and Phortse which are on the other side of the river.

I chose the Khumjung route as it’s the less popular option. As a result, the hike isn’t as crowded, yet it offers the same sweeping views of the valleys below. But don’t worry, you’ll still get to experience the Tengboche route on your way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

Today was the first day that I layered up as it did get quite cold. You’ll pass a small local hospital as well as the famous Sir Edmund Hilary School before arriving in the small village of Khumjung.

When you get to Khumjung you’ll notice the change in the landscape. It’s far more arid and drier, with very few green luscious trees.

Tip: Ensure you have a pack of playing cards and a book with you. They’ll come in handy on short trekking days like today.

Day 5 Khumjung to Phortse Everest Base Camp route

Route: Khumjung (3 780m) – Phortse (3 900m).

Trekking time: 6 hours | 7 km.

Difficulty: Although there isn’t much altitude gain today, there are still many sections where you walk downhill, before climbing back uphill so this constant up/down is strenuous.

Highlights: Today was the first day I began to feel the effects of the high altitude and I lost my appetite.

Overview: The trail from Khumjung to Phortse is incredibly scenic and you’ll walk alongside all the Himalaya giants.

Tea house: Phortse Resort.

Gopro Camera for Everest Base Camp

Day 5 of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start with a 2-hour climb to Mongla (3 975m). You’ll then go back down to 3 800m which is the elevation of your next stop, Phortse.

You’re still on the “quieter” route so enjoy this path as it gets busier from tomorrow when you head to Dingboche.

Today is the day I started to feel the effects of altitude sickness and by the time I reached our lunch stop, I had lost my appetite and a terrible headache was setting in. I wrote this detailed guide to how hard Everest Base Camp is and it includes these moments where i felt horrible!

There is also a considerable drop in temperature – It was 4 degrees celsius when we started walking today. The pipes in Phortse were frozen and the guides start to give you hot water in the evening which will be your drinking water from here on out.

Tip: When you’re given hot water in your drinking bottles, put one inside your sleeping bag to act as a hot water bottle.

Tip: I took a headache tablet at lunchtime and after a good night’s rest, I was feeling much better. If you’re not feeling well, don’t be afraid to take a pain killer but make sure you communicate with your guide so that he knows to keep an eye on you.

Day 6 walking to Dingboche

Altitude: Phortse (3 800m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Trekking time: 8 hours | 9 km.

Difficulty: Today is a long, tiring day and breathing is difficult. The first few hours are tough, followed by an easier trek as you get closer to Dingboche.

Highlights: Arriving in Dingboche – today was a hectic day and I was so happy when it was over!

Overview: You’ll trek the entire day with a constant gradual incline until you arrive in Dingboche, where our EBC itinerary will meet up with the others who are coming from Tengboche.

Tea house: Sonam Friendship Lodge.

Tea houses at Everest Base Camp

Today is a long trekking day!

When I woke up on day 6, I was feeling fit and strong (unlike the afternoon before) . I was extremely aware of how sick I had felt yesterday and despite feeling better, I took precautionary measures and walked extra slow with many breaks.

The first 5 hours involve constant uphill climbs, followed by downhill treks, before going uphill again! You’ll eventually pass the tree line, and the entire landscape becomes bare and rocky and resembles a desert.

Today you’ll be surrounded by all the Himilayan giants: Ama Dablam, Nuptse, and Cholatse, with unspoiled views of Mount Everest.

Throughout the day you’ll hear the sounds of helicopters making emergency rescues as trekkers begin struggling with the higher altitude and need to be taken back down to Namche Bazaar from Everest Base Camp. It’s quite scary to see how frequently people require this emergency assistance!

Luckily, the final stretch to Dingboche after lunch isn’t as tough as the section before.

Tip: There’s no cell reception as you get closer to Dingboche so enjoy the next few days going off the grid.

Tip: On day 6 of our Everest Base Camp itinerary, a few trekkers started taking altitude sickness medication as a precautionary measure. I didn’t take Diamox but my guide had in case I needed it. As always, be cautious of the altitude.

Tip: You’ll lose your appetite, but order boiled potatoes to get some food into your stomach.

Today is the last of your acclimatization days so you’ll spend a second night in Dingboche. Again, it’s important to do an acclimatization hike from Dingboche .

Everest Base Camp trek tours

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – viewpoint (4 900m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Hike time: 3 – 5 hours | 3 km.

Difficulty: Short, but steep climb so take it slow and steady.

Overview: Today is a short acclimatization hike to a viewpoint and back.

Highlight: Views of the Chukhung Valley and Island Peak.

How hard is Everest Base Camp

I woke up on day 7 of my EBC trek and I was feeling terrible. The Khumbu cough had really set in, I was freezing cold, my nose was constantly running and I was beginning to lose my voice.

When you reach Dingboche, the luxuries of warm water, comfortable beds, and flushing toilets are long gone, and this is when the mental challenge begins. But listen to your body and be honest with your guides about how you’re feeling.

During my time in Dingboche, a porter from a different tour group (who had hiked to EBC many times before) had gotten sick and had to be airlifted back to Lukla. This was a harsh reality of the effects of high altitude climbing and how it can happen to anyone, no matter your experience, fitness level, or age.

Dingboche Acclimatization Hike

Today you’ll go on an acclimatization hike to a viewpoint overlooking the Chukhung Valley. Going to this higher altitude, and then returning to Dingboche will make you feel so much better (as it did for me). So, gear up, pack your day bag, and head outside for a few hours.

The acclimatization hike from Dingboche to the viewpoint is pretty steep and rocky, but you’ll be hiking at a much slower pace than the previous days. All around you, you’re surrounded by towering mountains and peaks, and it’s a sight you won’t easily forget!

Once at the viewpoint, you’ll have the best views of Ama Dablam and Island Peak, as well as the symbolic prayer flags.

I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary (and I HIGHLY recommend you do the same). It’s 4 extra days of trekking after you’ve reached Everest Base Camp, and it was one of the best and most thrilling experiences of my life!

Tip: After returning from your acclimatization hike pop into Cafe Himalaya Bakery to watch their daily Everest movie.

Higher altitude trekking at EBC

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – Lobuche (4 930m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 10.7km.

Difficulty: Hard! The section from the bottom of the icefall to the Everest memorial is brutal. It’s steep, and it’s far.

Highlight: The climb to the Everest memorial. It’s painfully steep and I struggled!

Overview: As you leave Dingboche, the first part of your trek is relatively easy. Until you reach Dukla! This is where the trail becomes steep. From there it’s an excruciating 2-hour climb before the path becomes flat again. You’ll walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier, the longest glacier in Nepal.

Tea house: Sherpa Lodge.

Day 8 EBC itinerary in Nepal

I kept a day-to-day journal of my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, and in it, day 8 is highlighted (in capital letters with several exclamation marks) “ The hardest day EVER! ”

And thinking back to this day, it really was!

The first 3 hours include a gradual incline before crossing to Dukla which will be your lunch stop for the day. Enjoy the break, because you are going to be hating life for the next 2 hours – it’s a killer of a climb. Breathing at an altitude of over 4 500m doesn’t make it any easier!

You’ll pass many trekkers who are making their way back from Everest Base Camp. I was shocked to see the condition most of them were in. Many people were even getting carried down by mules! They looked like they had really taken strain – coughing, no voice, chapped lips, and no energy.

I was hoping and praying that wouldn’t be me in a few days (but unfortunately, it was – except I didn’t need to be carried down!)

Everest Memorial

At the top, you’ll reach the Everest Memorial for climbers who’ve lost their lives in their attempt to reach the summit of Mount Everest. There is a somber mood, and I get goosebumps thinking about all those climbers and their families.

From the memorial, it’s about a 1-hour trek alongside the Khumbu Glacier to Lobuche. This last section is far easier than the previous one. Again, take it slowly!

Tip: At this stage, everyone is feeling the effects of the altitude and the cold. You’re not alone! Just keep pushing through, it’s nearly over! (says me who wanted to turn back countless times) .

Everest Base Camp trek difficulty

Altitude: Lobuche (4 930m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Everest Base Camp (5 360m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m)

Time: 10 hours | 12 km.

Difficulty: Moderate with a steep climb towards Gorak Shep and an easy trail to Everest Base Camp. The difficulty lies in hiking time and the high altitude.

Overview: Today is the day you reach Everest Base Camp! You’ll arrive in Gorak Shep, drop off your bags and have lunch before departing north along the Khumbu Glacier to Everest Base Camp.

Highlight: It should be reaching Everest Base Camp, right?

Tea house: Buddha Lodge

Whilst the previous day’s hike from Dingboche to Lobuche was certainly the toughest and most physical section, getting to Gorak Shep, and then on to EBC and Kala Pattar were the most emotionally and mentally challenging sections of my entire Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Your day will start with a moderate hike leading to Gorak Shep from Lobuche. After about an hour into your hike, the path becomes steep with numerous boulders to pass. Whilst it isn’t a strenuous climb, the altitude will affect you and you’ll be walking very slowly.

Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp

Everest Base Camp hike in Nepal

You’ll reach Gorak Shep at lunchtime where you’ll drop off your bags and prepare for the afternoon hike to EBC.

You don’t actually stay at Everest Base Camp. Gorak Shep is your base with the closest tea house to EBC.

After lunch, you’ll trek to Everest Base Camp. The path is made of rocky sections and loose stones. You’ll be exhausted at this point. But the adrenalin rush will keep you going. The excitement to finally reach Everest Base Camp will get you to the end.

Arriving at base camp is surreal. You can see the Khumbu Icefall in the distance, one of the most notorious sections leading up to the Everest summit.

It’s an eerie feeling reaching Everest Base Camp but absolutely gorgeous standing at the foot of the highest mountain in the world.

You’ll then make your way back to Gorak Shep which is where you’ll spend the night.

The reality

How tough is the EBC trek

The most vivid memory I have of my entire Everest Base Camp trek is sitting in the tea house in Gorak Shep after returning from Base Camp.

The communal area of more than 60 people was quiet. You could only hear the sounds of loud coughing. There were no celebrations by those who had made it to Everest Base Camp and the atmosphere was not jovial.

Everyone was feeling sick and looking worse for wear. People were being helivaced from Gorak Shep to Lukla, others were on oxygen. You could see trekkers struggling to take a bite of their food.

I was so emotional because I was just so incredibly exhausted. You could sense that everyone was at their breaking point and had been pushed to their limits. Including me.

Tip: Don’t rush! Remember that you’re breathing in air with 50% oxygen. Many trekkers get excited as they’re so close to Everest Base Camp, but you still need to be careful. From what I saw, several people got sick and had to be put on oxygen AFTER they’d successfully reached EBC, perhaps this is because they’d taken it too fast.

Kala Patthar in Gorak Shep

Altitude: Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Kala Patar (5 643m) – Pheriche (4 370m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 13 km.

Difficulty: This day is difficult, only because of Kala Patthar! The rest is easy as you’ll be going down the mountain to a lower altitude.

Highlight: Everything about the trek up to Kala Patthar. The 5 am wake-up call, the ice-cold temperatures, the steep trail, the incredible view!

Overview: The day starts with an early morning trek to Kala Patthar for the best views of Mount Everest. After returning to Gorak Shep, you’ll head back down to Pheriche.

Gorak Shep to Periche on your EBC itinerary

You can’t actually see Mount Everest from Everest Base Camp or Gorak Shep as Lhotse sits in front of it and blocks the view.

This is why people trek to Kala Patthar, which is a nearby viewpoint next to Gorak Shep.

Be prepared for a long and tiring day! Just when you thought it couldn’t get any tougher, day 10 of your Everest Base Camp trek will really push you to your limits.

Sitting at 5 643m, Kala Patthar is a small, rocky peak with a rewarding view of Mount Everest, Changtse, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Your morning starts with a 5 am wake-up call as you prepare to hike to Kala Patthar. Some trekkers choose to skip this part of the itinerary because they’re too sick and just do not have the energy to make it to the top.

The main goal is Everest Base Camp, right? You’ve made it!

You don’t have to climb Kala Patthar. Listen to your body and if you’re not feeling well, don’t do it! I was incredibly slow, fatigued, and sluggish and only got about ¾ of the way to the top before our guide advised that we turn back.

If we didn’t, we’d fall behind on the day’s schedule.

After climbing Kalla Patthar, we arrived back at our tea house at Gorak Shep at about 9 am, had a quick breakfast then began our long trek past Lobuche and on to Pheriche.

My day hadn’t got off to a good start and I was feeling very weak hiking Kala Patthar, but as soon as we began our downhill climb, I regained my strength and felt like a different person!

Tip: If you’re feeling sick at Gorak Shep, make sure you monitor this but the moment you go to a lower altitude, you will feel stronger.

Tip: If you’re continuing to Island Peak, you can check out my Island Peak guide. To sum it up, from Gorak Shep, you’ll go to Dingboche ( and not Pheriche as this route goes) . After spending the night in Dingboche, you’ll go in a different direction to Chukhung and Island Peak Base Camp.

Last day of my Everest Base Camp itinerary in Nepal

Altitude: Pheriche (4 280m) to Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 14km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Easy but a long day of hiking.

This day (and the next) are particularly long and you’ll want to get off the mountain ASAP!

You’ll be running down from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar as it’s so much easier to breathe as the elevation decreases. You’ll also be craving a hot shower, clean clothes, a proper meal, and a warm bed.

Soon, you’ll hit the tree line once again, cross over suspension bridges, and pass scores of mules.

After every corner, you’ll think you’ve reached Namche Bazaar, but it’s further than you expect, and the trail seems to go on forever. On your way down you still have sections where you climb up and down (yes, more climbing), but there’s no altitude gain so who’s complaining!

You’ll pass Tengboche, which is home to the largest monastery in the Khumbu region and the village where most trekkers stop on their way up the mountain (But we chose a different route on this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary).

Namche Bazaar to Lukla

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Lukla (2 860m).

Trekking time: 18 km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Same as yesterday! A long day of hiking.

You’ve made it to the last day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary! Today you’ll retrace your steps from Day 1 and 2 (except this time you’ll cover the same distance in 1 day, and not 2!)

You’ll also see other trekkers ascending to EBC looking bright-eyed and bushy-tailed. If only they knew what was in store for them over the next few days! You’ll smile at them, and offer words of encouragement, but deep inside, you’ll just thanking your lucky stars that it’s them going up, and not you!

Enjoy your last lunch on the mountains in the village of Phakding before taking on the last section to Lukla. Spend the night in Lukla where you’ll celebrate with a delicious meal and a few cold beers!

Last day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Lukla to Kathmandu

Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla

On the last day, you’ll be ready to say goodbye to the mountains! Once again your flight isn’t guaranteed to leave on schedule so one last bit of patience is required.

After I landed in Kathmandu, I went straight to my hotel, had the best hot shower EVER, ordered takeaways, hopped into bed, and didn’t leave my room for 24 hours! Those 24 hours of doing nothing were absolutely incredible!

Pictures speak a thousand words! After going through my EBC trek itinerary, check out my photo diary with includes all the highlights of my trek to Everest Base Camp.

Is Everest Base Camp trek worth it

Absolutely – But it’s not easy! From the terrifying flight into Lukla to the long trekking days, freezing cold tea houses, weeks with no showers, dealing with altitude sickness, and all the aches and pains that come along with it – It’s brutal.

But the experience is incredible and you’ll gain memories that will last a lifetime!

Should you plan your Everest Base Camp Itinerary with a tour or not

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary for 12 days

This one’s debatable!

In 2014 I summited the highest mountain in Africa, Mount Kilimanjaro . For this trek, you have to book a tour through an organized trekking company. I thought the same would apply to Everest Base Camp and wrongly assumed that attempting to conquer EBC independently was only for broke backpackers or highly experienced hikers.

I was wrong! You can definitely navigate the Everest region without a guide and many people do so.

However, I don’t regret booking through a trekking company, Mountain Monarch . Here’s why.

Why I booked my EBC trek with a tour group

Everest Base Camp and Island Peak Lunch Stop

Firstly, I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. For this extra section of the trek, a guide is required. Whilst Everest Base Camp requires no technical climbing, Island Peak does and it’s intense.

If you’re up for the challenge, I highly recommend you add Island Peak to your Everest Base Camp tour. You can read about my climb to Island Peak here!

Secondly, I had previous experience with high altitude climbing and if it wasn’t for my skilled guide, I wouldn’t have made it to the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro. As with Kili, getting to Everest Base Camp is tough and reality is that it can be fatal. You need to pace yourself. Many people are put on oxygen and need assistance and those who trek independently don’t have immediate access to these emergency services.

And lastly, the fellow trekkers that I met on my Everest Base Camp tour were the best teammates anyone could ask for. I loved the support, the humor, the motivation, and having a small group of people who were there for me through thick and thin. As you get to the end of your Everest Base Camp trek, you’re going to need all the support you can get.

Final thoughts on how to plan a trek to Everest Base Camp

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is tough. Looking back, there are so many moments where I was thinking “ Why the F$%# did I sign up for this ” and “ With this money, I could’ve spent an extra 3 months backpacking instead of putting myself through this torture “.

But, challenging myself, my mind, my body – and crushing my goal and STILL going on to summit Island Peak – man, you cannot beat that feeling!

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Looking for more information on how to get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp? Drop me a question in the comments section below!

Psst… Looking for epic adventures to add to your bucket list? Check out my other posts!

  • Complete Guide To Island Peak Climbing in Nepal
  • The Perfect Everest Base Camp Packing List
  • 10 Things You Need To Know For Your Kilimanjaro Trek
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty: 11 Key Things You Need To Know
  • Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing: My Highlights and Photo Diary

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary - Torn Tackies Travel Blog

Hi, I'm Carryn. I’m an adventure travel blogger trying to figure out my way through life by traveling and exploring. Join me as I share my travel guides and tips for life abroad. Find out more about me here .

Backpacking Indonesia: 26 Things I Wish I Knew

Everest base camp trek difficulty: 12 key things you need to know, 24 thoughts on “the ultimate everest base camp trek itinerary: how to get from lukla to everest base camp”.

Wow! Sounds like such an adventure. I loved reading your in depth post about your Everest base camp itinerary. It sounds like there is so much that goes into preparing but definitely sounds like you had the adventure of a lifetime.

Thanks Ann. It sure was an adventure I’ll never forget!

Ok, this post was epic – so much information I have to save it. Thanks for sharing!

Thanks Laura! Glad you found it helpful.

this is absolutely breathtaking! i honestly don’t know if I would ever be prepared to do this myself, but your day by day break down was really helpful!

Thanks Claire! Looking back at the photos I’m still in shock that I managed to get to Everest Base Camp!

Amazing. What a trek and journey for your mind, body and soul!

It was indeed!

This is epic! Im going in April and I’m so excited. Ive done Annapurna base Camp and loved it so I’m sure ill love this too!

Hi Emma, Good luck for your trek! I’d love to hear how EBC compares to Annapurna.

So interesting to read about your experience! I’m going to Nepal soon to do the Annapurna base camp and mardi Himal. They have a lower altitude but I’m still a bit nervous because of the altitude sickness 🙆🏼‍♀️

Hi Nina, I’m sure you’ll love it. Just take your time and don’t be afraid to walk super slow (like I did)!

WoW! This sounds like one amazing trip and one I’m sure that you will never forget! Really inspiring

Thanks Lori. EBC tops my bucket list so now I’m looking for the next adventure to conquer!

Wow! This sounded so intense! What an experience to say that you’ve done it.

It was tough, but everyone goes through a different experience. I thought about turning back so many times, but I’m so glad I stayed strong and kept going!

Wow! What an incredible experience, I don’t know if I’m ready for it but you definitely gave me some things to think about, thanks for sharing!!

Thanks Meghan!

Amazing!!! Wonderful recap! EBC isn’t easy! That was my first dance with altitude! Need to get back to do Island Peak!!!

Hey Bridget, Island Peak is incredible and I’m so glad I added it to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. Congrats on making it to base camp!

BADASS! I love that you mentioned a longer itinerary to acclimatize (is that the right word? lol) naturally and a way to get off the beaten path for this popular trek! I hope to make the Everest Base Camp Trek in the coming years and this is definitely a guide I will come back to help plan (: AND CONGRATS on killing it on this hike! So epic!

Hay Aaren, thanks for the kind message! I’m so stoked that I made it to base camp. And you can to! If you ever decided to trek to EBC, let me know!

Congrats on choosing the High Scenic Trail via Mong La and Phortse instead of the crowded Tengpoche route 95% of trekkers use. The best kept secret in Khumbu is finally leaking out!

About helicopter traffic: Google [helicopter rescue scam Nepal] and be educated. Multimillion dollar business now, thousands of EBC trips destroyed every year with this insurance fraud.

Hi Petrus, Agree – the less crowded route is far better!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Travel Itineraries | Luxury Travel | Travel Tips

Everest Base Camp | EBC – Travel Itinerary + Guide

Everest Base Camp | EBC – Travel Itinerary + Guide

The  Everest Base Camp Trek takes you through the Khumbu Valley, seeing the neighbouring Sagarmatha National Park in all its glory.

It offers breathtaking views of four of the world’s tallest peaks: Mt. Everest (8.848 meters) , Mt. Lhotse (8,516 meters) , and Mt. Makalu (8,470 meters) , and Cho Oyu   (8,201 meters) .

As you travel from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, you will be following in the footsteps of Sir Edmund Hillary, Tenzing Norgay, and numerous other early Mount Everest pioneers.

As part of a teahouse journey, you will stay in some of the world’s highest settlements while learning about the native Sherpas’ spiritual connection to the mountains and their culture and traditions.

On the walk, you will get the opportunity to ascend Kala Patthar to a height of 5,500 meters and see breathtaking vistas of Mount Everest.

You will also have the opportunity to visit the different Buddhist monasteries strewn along the trail and learn about a culture steeped in history and tradition intricately tied to the mountains from which you will be taking in breathtaking vistas.

Face your fears and discover the mountains’ majesty and your potential.

EBC Trek Overview

ebc trek blog

Distance : 120km/ 75miles

Total ascent : 6015m/19734 ft

Total descent : 5821m/19097 ft

Highest point : 5640m/18500 ft Kala Patthar

Difficulty : Difficult

Cost per day : US$ 35 to 40 (without flights If you do it yourself) per person per day, including permits and transportation.

Guide : Not compulsory, can be done independently, with a guide/ a porter, or in a group.

Permits for Everest Base Camp Trek

You will need to obtain a visa if you are a citizen of a country other than India. The cost of a 15-day multi-entry visa is $25, while a 30-day visa is $40.

The typical guided journey lasts about 15 days, but we recommend opting for the 30-day visa at a little higher cost because flight delays are always possible because of the Lukla Airport

You will need the following permits to accomplish the trip:

 – Sagarmatha National park Entry Permit (NPR 3000)

 – Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality fee: (NPR 2000)

TIMS is no longer required in the Everest Region. It is replaced by the Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality fee.

Getting a Tourist Visa in Nepal

You can quickly obtain a Nepalese tourist visa on arrival for a maximum of 90 days. You will need a valid passport and two passport-sized pictures.

You can, however, fill out an online application for a visa to Nepal. Citizens of the following countries should apply for a visa at a local embassy : Nigeria, Cameroon, Iraq, Ghana, Somalia, Palestine, Zimbabwe, Liberia, Afghanistan, Swaziland, Ethiopia, Syria.

Preparation for Everest Base Camp

Although training is not required for the trip, it does demand a certain level of stamina and endurance.

Cardiovascular training, such as hiking, walking, and climbing (many) stairs, will help you prepare physically for the trek.

Even so, altitude will be an issue in your trip, so allow yourself some time to adapt to altitude. Have at least two acclimatization days (Namche and Pheriche or Dingboche).

Before you go, make sure you have all the required gear for the trek.

If you don’t have prior hiking experience, joining a small group with an experienced guide with an experienced trekking company who can help navigate the path, troubleshoot in case of emergency, and provide insight into Nepali history and culture is a good choice.

When to Go to Everest Base Camp

From the beginning of March to mid-May and from the beginning of September to mid-November are the best times to visit Everest base camp. The weather is clear and dry at this time of the year

The rhododendrons bloom in spring, the mountains burst into colour, and temperature moderates.

In addition, if you visit in October, you might be able to attend the famed Mani Rimdu festival . Buddhists on Everest commemorate the traditional holiday for 19 days in monasteries like Tengboche Monastery.

The dates for the celebration of Mani Rimdu have been set for the 20th, 21st, and 22nd of October, as is customary.

Otherwise, winter is too cold for trekking to Everest Base Camp, and the monsoon is too wet. With patches of cloud in the sky, visibility is also hazy. As a result, we do not encourage hiking in the late winter or early monsoon seasons.

Having said that If you don’t mind the cold and have the necessary gear, winter is the best time to avoid crowds.

Cost for Everest Base Camp Trek

ebc trek blog

Depending on the journey and accommodation days, the total cost of the Everest base camp Trek Package can range from USD 1250 to USD 3000 per person.

It covers the costs of hiking permits, TIM cards, food, lodging, transportation, flights to and from Lukla, guides, and porters.

Namche Bazaar is the penultimate stop on the Everest trek, where we can use an ATM to withdraw money.

Accommodation and food For Everest Base Camp Trek

During the Everest Base Camp trip, the accommodations are affordable and straightforward. On the road, several guest houses/lodges provide lodging and meals.

The lodging is on a twin-sharing arrangement, so you will have to share a bathroom. They have all necessities, such as electricity, telephone, top-up, WiFi, laundry, etc.

The regular menus of the guesthouses, lodges, and teahouses offer a variety of foods. Nepali food, such as Dal, Bhat, Tarkari, and achar, is readily available for lunch and dinner. During the walk, we recommend eating vegetarian cuisine.

Tea/coffee/milk, bread, omelet, hot chocolate, hot lemon, apple pie, chocolate roll, and others.

Guide to preventing Altitude Sickness

  • Climb steadily. On the trail, take your time.
  • Acclimatization is critical to avoiding altitude sickness. Namche and Dingboche/Pheriche are good places to acclimatize. Take care not to walk too quickly. You may become tired quickly, give yourself time and pay close attention to your body.
  • Limit your intake of alcohol, and cigarettes, as these goods deplete your body’s water supply and make you feel weary and tired.
  • Drink lots of water.
  • Eat a lot of healthy foods.
  • Mentally prepare yourself for the journey.

12 Day Everest Base Camp – Travel Itinerary

Day 1: arrive in lukla and trek to phakding..

ebc trek blog

Take a scenic flight to Lukla early in the morning. It’s a short but unforgettable flight to Lukla, from where you will begin your trek (try to get a seat on the left-hand side of the plane for the best first views of the Himalayas).

Weather can cause delays on flights to Lukla. I recommend including as much flexibility as possible in your itinerary (i.e., having a day or two spares).

If you are hiking with a tour operator, they will have scheduled your flight; if not, you can purchase tickets at the airport for roughly US$250-$300 round trip. If you hire a guide, his flight will be charged at a local rate of around $100 round trip.

If money is not an issue, you can take a helicopter to Lukla which costs around USD 500 per person on a sharing basis.

ebc trek blog

The trek begins at Lukla and proceeds downwards to the Dudh Koshi River, passing through the Sherpa town of Chhupulung Ghat on the way to Phakding.

Explore the gorgeous sceneries while admiring the spectacular and seductive views of mountains. You will encounter magnificent boulders etched with Buddhist prayers along the route.

Stay the night at the lodge.

The Jiri to Everest Base Camp Journey is a unique option for individuals who do not wish to begin their trek by flying into Lukla Airport.

This hike begins with bus travel from Kathmandu to Jiri, the starting point for the trek. Because Jiri is so far away from Lukla, this change will add five days to the trek.

Day 2: Trek to Namche Bazar

ebc trek blog

You will spend this day walking from Phakding to Namche Bazaar, passing through Mojo. Cross the Dudh Kosi River after trekking through the lovely pine forest.

Views of Mount Everest, Mount Kusum Kangaroo, Mount Thamserku, Mount Kangtega, and more are seen.

Walk to Namche Bazar, the Khumbu region’s capital and a central trading hub. On this day, you will visit the Sagarmatha National Park (a UNESCO World Heritage Site).

You will spend a lot of time in Namche Bazaar, a small Sherpa market town with many viewing options, including the chance to see Everest for the first time.

Stay the night at the lodge. Some people shorten the trip by stopping in Mojo (if you do, the Mount Kailash Teahouse is fantastic and has hot showers!).

Day 3: Namche Sightseeing Tour for acclimatization

ebc trek blog

At over 3,500 meters, Namche Bazaar serves as a vital acclimatization break and a chance to explore the settlement and nearby environs. If it’s a Saturday, make a point of visiting the market.

On a clear day, you should be able to photograph Ama Dablam in the foreground and the fantastic mountainous views of Mt. Everest, Lhotse, Cholatse, Thamserku, Kwangde, and Khandala in the backdrop.

The Sherpa Museum and the photo gallery are also worth visiting. If you want to phone home or connect, bring your device because the hotel offers WiFi. Stay the night at the lodge. You might have to pay extra for the WIFI and hot shower.

Day 4: Trek to Tengboche

The day is spent traveling from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche, home to the Tengboche Monastery, the region’s largest along the Mount Everest Highway.

ebc trek blog

Descend to the Dudh-Koshi River and explore the rhododendron trees. You may reach Tengboche monastery bypassing Phunki Thanga and crossing the Imja Khola river. Tengboche is where you will spend the night.

Some alternatives will take you to Thami through the ancient Tibet-Nepal trade route, which passes through the Nangpa La pass.

Day 5: Trek to Dingboche

Trek down to the river and back to Pangboche village through a magnificent jungle. Pass by many Chortens, Mani-stone walls, and small towns while admiring Ama-Dablam, one of the world’s most magnificent mountains.

After lunch, trek into the Imja Khola Valley, passing the majestic north face of Ama Dablam. Hike up to Dingboche after crossing the Lobuche River. You will have spectacular views of Lhotse and Island Peak. Dingboche is where you spend the night.

ebc trek blog

Day 6: Dingboche Village sightseeing tour for acclimatization

Explore Dingboche Village, surrounded by a lovely array of fields protected from the chilly wind by stone walls.

ebc trek blog

Witness the fantastic vistas of Makalu, Lhotse, Chalotse, and Tawache Ama Dablam on a trekking excursion of either Nagarjuna Hill or Chukkhung Valley.

Stay the night at the tea house.

Day 7: Trek to Lobuche

The ascent from Dingboche to Lobuche takes the entire day. You will travel by the well-known Khumbu Glacier along the trip and various shrines to Sherpas and climbers who perished on Everest. Scott Fischer’s memorial is located here.

ebc trek blog

Lobuche East will also be seen (make sure to use the zoom on your camera or if you have binoculars to try to see any climbers on the peak).

Climb to the summit of Duglha and follow the trail to the Chukpo Lari ridge.

Take a walk towards Lobuche to see the Himalayan boundary. Stay the night at the lodge.

Day 8: Trek to Everest Base Camp and Gorakshep

Depart from Lobuche and follow the trail to the flat meadows. In the north, head for the Khumbu Glacier.

To get to Gorak Shep, climb the Khumbu Glacier’s lateral moraine. Hike from Lobuche to Gorak Shep, the world’s highest permanently populated settlement. You will take a break and eat something before continuing to Everest Base Camp.

The trekker rest stop is located immediately before the base camp. The enormous Khumbu Glacier and the trans-Himalayas provide a breathtaking perspective.

Check-in and eat lunch at the hotel. The Everest Base Camp is a short walk away.

ebc trek blog

Because most tour groups are not permitted to access or stay in Everest Base Camp, the opportunity to experience the thrill and energy of the climbing groups is typically limited.

After getting your classic photo shot at EBC, you will return to Gorak Shep, where you will spend the night.

Day 9: Trek to Kala Patthar and Pheriche

After another day of strenuous walking, you will arrive at Kala Patthar, the trek’s highest point, a little over 5,500 meters, located at the base of Mt. Pumori.

Because of its location and elevation, Kala Patthar offers the most incredible views of Mt. Everest, Nuptse, Lola, Khumbutse, Ama Table, Tabuchi, Cholatse, Thamserku, and other peaks.

ebc trek blog

Just hope the weather cooperates on this day because it is one of the trek’s highlights. Enjoy the magnificent dawn vista from the Himalayas, including breathtaking views of the Himalayan peaks.

After breakfast, take a trek through the Khumbu glacier moraine. Pass past Lobuche and descend into the picturesque valley of Pheriche, where you will spend the night at the lodge.

Day 10: Trek to Namche

Arrive at the Dudh Kosi River Bank after passing through a lovely Sherpa settlement. Cross the river and follow Dingboche into the woodland.

Climb to Tengboche before descending through a rhododendron grove. From Ama Table to Namche Bazaar, take a walk up to Kanjuma and take in the spectacular views of the mountains along the route. Stay the night at the lodge.

Day 11: Trek to Lukla

Visit Jorsalle, Manjo, Benkar, Phakding, and other tiny settlements on the road to Lukla. Enjoy wandering across the DudhKoshi river’s suspension bridges.

After a long day of hiking, return to Lukla. In Lukla, you will spend your final night on the mountain celebrating.

Day 12: Fly from Lukla and arrive at Kathmandu.

Take a 35-minute scenic flight from Lukla to Kathmandu and book a hotel in Kathmandu for the night.

Thousands of trekkers from all around the world have set their sights on reaching Everest Base Camp.

Hiking to Mt. Everest Base Camp is an incredible trip that will take you to the highest point on the planet.

Everest Base Camp Trek is ranked as the 4th most pleasing trek globally by Lonely Planet, the world’s largest travel guide publisher.

The Everest Base Camp Trek, contrary to widespread assumption, is not particularly challenging if you have decent training and have the proper acclimatisation However, it does not require any prior trekking or mountaineering experience. The trek can be completed by people of all age groups.

Share this:

11 thoughts on “everest base camp | ebc – travel itinerary + guide”.

Awesome post….

Perfectly designed Ebc trek itinerary.

I hung on your every word! What a dream this would be. Not easy, but as you said – face your fears. I can imagine the spiritual and life-changing journey this would be. A learning experience from the native Sherpas’ spiritual connection to the mountains and their culture and traditions. To be able to visit the different Buddhist monasteries dotted along the trail would be fascinating, But nothing compares to the breathtaking mountain vistas.

Only the other day I was searching the net for Everest Base Camp trek but just got how much it costs, the number of days and so on. So your post is exactly I have been looking for. Wonderful guide. Loved it because it provides all the answers to the various thoughts which came to mind.

Stunning views! Everest Base Camp is a tour that no one should miss! It’s great that there’s a helicopter option if you don’t want to trek; nevertheless, I like to trek and hike to fully appreciate the site because it’s an once-in-a-lifetime moment. I’ll definitely pin this post — the travel itinerary will serve as a reference point for me in the future

This sounds like an incredible adventure! Great advice to train climbing stairs prior to the hike. I love the photo of Dingboche, I haven’t seen it before and love the stone building with the mountain background

I have been planning to do EBC for four years now but haven’t been lucky enough for a visit yet. Your blog in a way will help me plan it better since you have shared your experience day-wise. By the way breathtaking pictures. Hopefully, I shall be on EBC trek soon 🙂

It’s funny I read this post just after a discussion at home about embarking on this trek. Maybe it is a sign. I loved the little tips you have shared and the exact journey that one will embark on EBC. Those permit tips are super useful too. Bookmarking this in case my plan materializes.

This is one of those ‘bucket list’ adventures that seems daunting to me. I would definitely want to do some training to prepare and maybe join a tour group to lessen some of my anxieties about it. But, with the tips you’ve posted about altitude sickness and the best times to go (I would love to experience the Mani Rimdu festival!), it certainly seems more doable. And with those incredible views, it’s hard not to make a case for taking next steps. So inspiring!

Your information is very helpful for those who plan to trek the Everest. 12 intense days, for sure! The trek to Everest base camp is at the top of the list for all the adventure travelers. It’s indeed a once in a lifetime experience. I think I missed this train though. It seems like a very extraneous hike.

This is all really helpful to know. We are doing a 6000m trek next year and good to know what expect. Would you ever go higher than base camp? I didn’t realise the permits were so low cost, this makes me realise how much the companies must be taking.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Sign me up for the newsletter!

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

  • Kale by LyraThemes.com.

Privacy Overview

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek: Nepal EBC Trekking Guide

The Mount Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal is one of the world’s best bucket list hikes. In less than 2 weeks, you can trek to the foot of Mt Everest and other snowy peaks in the Himalayan mountains.

The good news is that it’s not a super difficult hike, and you don’t need a big budget to do it. The EBC trek is worth it for the fun and accomplishment alone, but you also get views of the Himalayas that are out of this world.

This travel guide will explain how you can do the Mt Everest Base Camp hike independently (with or without a tour guide), along with a recommended packing list and everything else you need to know before you go!

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

First of all, if you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive.

We’ve used Klook for lots of tours and activities around the world, and they’re great! Highly recommended.

Book Now: Everest Base Camp Tours

Mount Everest and other snowy peaks on the EBC Trek in Nepal

When To Do The EBC Trek

The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons:

  • March – May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. During these months you may share the EBC trail with pro climbers on the way to go summit Everest.
  • June – August: Monsoon season. There’s a lot more rain during these months, and the trails are mostly empty.
  • September – October: Clear days and busy trails. This is one of the most popular trekking seasons.
  • November – February: Coldest season, but the weather is stable and dry. The trails are mostly clear.

I trekked in early February, and even though it was nice having the trail mostly to myself, the cold in the evenings and mornings was straight up misery.

My home state of Missouri can get very cold in the winter, but the cold has just never been my thing. If I could go back and change it, I would definitely do my Everest Base Camp hike later in the season.

Prayer wheels near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Weather

Temperatures on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek can range from 5 °C (40 °F) to 20 °C (70 °F) depending on month, and as low as -30 °C (-22 °F) at night during the winter months.

If you trek during the warmer months (Mar-May and Sep-Oct), the cold is not a big problem and shouldn’t be hard to cope with. Winter is a different story. Your snot will freeze in your nose at Gorak Shep.

Sunshine is key for winter trekking in Nepal, and thankfully you should have lots of sun in most months outside of the monsoon season. On my February hike, I often found myself shedding all my layers while trekking because I was heating up in the sun.

If you do your Everest Base Camp hike during the winter, the biggest issue is staying warm in the evenings and at night. For this, you’ll definitely want a top quality down jacket and sleeping bag.

Ama Dablam mountain and stupa on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

My everest base camp itinerary.

  • Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Benkar .
  • Day 2: Benkar to Namche Bazaar .
  • Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Day .
  • Day 4: Namche to Deboche .
  • Day 5: Deboche to Pangboche .
  • Day 6: Pangboche to Dingboche .
  • Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization Day .
  • Day 8: Dingboche to Thukla .
  • Day 9: Thukla to Gorak Shep .
  • Day 10: Everest Base Camp .
  • Day 11: Kala Patthar to Gorak Shep to Pheriche .
  • Day 12: Pheriche to Namche .
  • Day 13: Namche to Lukla .

Porter with a huge pack on the EBC trek in Nepal

If you ever need motivation to keep going on the Everest Base Camp hike, just look at how much the porters are carrying!

Hikers near Pumori Peak and Kala Patthar on the Everest Base Camp trek in Nepal

Mount Pumori as seen from the Kala Patthar viewpoint, just a short distance from Mt Everest Base Camp.

Ama Dablam and another mountain range on the EBC trek in Nepal

Ama Dablam, one of my favorite mountains on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek.

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

This isn’t a complete list of everything to bring on a Mt Everest Base Camp Trek, and you may have to change things up a little depending on what month you go, but these are just some of the basics.

You can find most of this gear in Kathmandu, but in my opinion you’ll get higher quality and a wider selection if you order online.

  • Beanie: I only wore this at night, but it definitely helped keep my ears warm.
  • Down Jacket: Bring the biggest, warmest DJ possible. This is your most important piece of gear. You can use it as an extra cover at night.
  • Fleece Sweater: This is the only jacket you’ll need to wear while trekking most days, especially if it’s sunny.
  • Shirts: Something comfy with quick dry material.
  • Trekking Pants: Something lightweight and breathable.
  • Thermal Underwear: May not be needed if you trek in the warmer months.
  • Gloves: I only wore these at night, but they definitely helped keep my hands warm.
  • Socks: Merino wool is best for staying warm and stopping moisture.
  • Headlight: Smart to have at least a small one, just in case.
  • Tumbler: 1 liter water bottle to refill daily on the trek.
  • Sunblock: It’s easy to sunburn at high altitudes. A small bottle is plenty.
  • Sunglasses: Good for snow. May not be necessary unless you plan to hike a mountain pass like Cho La.
  • Hat: I wore old faithful throughout the hike.
  • Watch: An altimeter watch would be fun to play with here.
  • Camera: Duh. You can’t do the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek without taking lots of pictures.
  • Power Bank: Bring a big power bank and you might only need to recharge it once on the whole trek.

Stupa and mountain near Dingboche on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it’s not a requirement. Flights to Lukla were $330 return, but again not a requirement if you hike in.

You can read the sections below for more info on the daily trekking costs and what you get for your money. It’s not a very expensive trek, all things considered!

Keep in mind, these numbers are from 2020. They’ll go up a little over time. Exchange rates may also vary, so check the latest rates .

Stupa and mountains near Namche Bazaar on the EBC Trek in Nepal

The flight to Lukla from Kathmandu is $165 USD each way. You can shop for flights to Lukla at Skyscanner.

If your budget is tight or you have extra time, you can skip this flight by hiking from Jiri to Lukla rather than flying. It only adds a couple days to the itinerary.

Planes at the Lukla airport on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Guide / Porter / Solo

You can do the EBC trek with a guide, porter, OR independently (solo).

A guide will show you the way to Mt Everest Base Camp and help with lodging, navigation, advice, taking pictures for you, etc. A porter-guide will do these same things and also carry a 20 kg (45 lb) pack for you.

A porter or guide is NOT a requirement to do this hike, especially if you go in the warmer months when you may not need as much gear. In 2023, they were supposedly introducing a guide requirement for EBC, but so far that has not been enforced at all, thankfully.

With that said, there are some good advantages to hiring a guide, and it’s pretty cheap by Western standards. A porter is only $15 or $20 USD per day, and a porter-guide is $25 per day. A popular arrangement is to hire one porter for two hikers, splitting the cost and still making things easier for both of you.

In the end, this all depends on your budget and hiking preferences.

Hiker at the Tengboche monastery on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Hiking Fees

If you’re hiking EBC independently, you’ll need to be aware of two fees you have to pay near the start of the trek.

There’s a local government tax that they’ve now started collecting in Lukla. This one is currently 2,000 Rupees ($17 USD).

There’s also an Everest park fee/ticket you have to pay at the Sagarmatha National Park entrance just beyond the small village of Monjo, Nepal. This one is currently 3,500 Rupees ($30 USD).

No TIMS card is needed anymore for independent hikers. That fee has been retired for the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek.

Prayer flags with the Ama Dablam mountain on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Accommodation & Amenities

Throughout the Everest Base Camp hike, you’ll stay and sleep at small guesthouses along the way, called teahouses.

This is where you get your meals and drinks for the trek, along with the occasional amenities like showers, charging, or WiFi. The teahouses start out decent, but quickly get more shabby as you go further up the trail.

You have to pay for everything you use, of course, and the prices get quite high as you go, because everything has to be hauled up on the backs of the poor porters.

Mountains and pine trees near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Guesthouses

The teahouses on the EBC trek are cold and dingy, with drop toilets and cracks in the walls. Don’t expect luxury.

Most rooms are free as long as you buy your meals there (the meals are how they make their money). If you stay at a lodge and don’t eat there, you’ll be expected to pay for the room.

In some cases, I was charged 500 Rupees for a room on top of my meal costs. I’m not sure why some teahouses do this and others don’t, but I never paid more than 500 Rupees for a room, and most were free with the meals.

Sleeping bag inside a teahouse on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Food & Drink

I’m happy to report that the food and drinks on the Everest Base Camp hike are top notch, especially after you’ve worked up an appetite trekking.

You have western food choices, or the standard local staples like veggie fried rice, steamed momos (dumplings), and mushroom soup. Everything was hot and fresh. Meal prices for these ranged from 250 to 750 Rupees depending on altitude. Not too bad.

For drinks I tried hot chocolate, lemon/apple/mint tea, and occasionally bottled water for my tumbler. These ranged from 100 to 400 Rupees. If you want to avoid plastic bottles, there’s usually boiled water available and this is safe to drink too.

Getting enough water on the trek is never a problem. Just fill up a 1 liter tumbler in the morning, and this will last you until evening, especially since you’re likely to pass more tea houses along the trail as you’re hiking throughout the day.

Mountains near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Showers are only available at a few lodges, depending on the season and how high up you are, and they cost 600 to 1200 Rupees. In the winter, water higher up will be frozen most of the time.

I never had a shower on my February EBC trek, and that seems to be the norm (although I got one or two opportunities in Namche). Yes, it’s gross. I could smell myself by trek’s end, and it wasn’t pretty.

But aside from the fact that I hate to fork out money for something as basic as a shower, I also never really got close to other people for very long on the trek, so I didn’t feel too guilty about it.

Most days were cold enough that the thought of stripping down for a shower was not really appealing, either. Your best bet is baby wipes and deodorant.

Namche Bazaar houses and mountains on the EBC Trek in Nepal

WiFi / Cell Service

WiFi costs anywhere from $5 to $10 USD per day if you buy it from the teahouses.

Alternatively, you can buy a 10 GB/30 Day Everest Link WiFi card in Namche Bazaar and use this for the entire EBC trek. During my Mount Everest Base Camp Trek the WiFi was down across the whole region, so unfortunately I wasn’t able to use either of these options.

I bought an Ncell local SIM card in the Kathmandu airport and had 3G service for half the days of the Everest Base Camp hike. Coverage is still improving in the area, so if you need to stay connected I’d definitely bring a local SIM.

Snowy peak on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Electricity

All of the teahouses on the way to Mt Everest Base Camp sell outlet charging for electronics, and the prices range from $2 to $10 USD for a full charge, depending on how far up the trail you are.

The key is to bring a big power bank and then use this to charge all of your other electronics (phone, camera, etc). I did this and only paid once to recharge my power bank on the whole trek.

Nepali prayer flags on the EBC Trek in Nepal

How Much Cash To Bring

Everything you buy during the Everest Base Camp hike (meals, WiFi, charging, etc) will have to be paid for with cash. Credit cards won’t work. There are no ATMs outside of Lukla and Namche Bazaar (Days 1-4), and even the ATMs there are not reliable.

What this means is that you’ll have to withdraw enough cash (Nepalese Rupees) at an ATM in Kathmandu to cover your entire trek. The ATM fees will bite you, and I hate to carry large amounts of cash, but it’s not really avoidable here.

All up, I spent about $20 USD (2,400 Rupees) per day on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, and never spent more than $25 USD in a single day. With that said, I didn’t splurge on WiFi, showers, charging, or alcohol. The only things I bought were the bare necessities: room, food, and drinks.

If you hire a porter/guide, you don’t need to factor that into your daily cash carry. That’s paid before the trek starts. But do reserve a little cash for a decent tip.

Mountains and valley on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

I’m not going to lie, this is a difficult trek. And if you do it in the winter like I did, it’s even harder. With that said, if you are in decent shape, determined, and obey the guidelines for altitude sickness prevention (more on that below), then you’ll have no problem reaching base camp.

There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on this hike. At times near Lukla, the constant ups and downs will make you feel like you’re hiking a roller coaster, but the trail is never too steep or dangerous. After Namche, it’s mostly a slow uphill plod.

This trek has been completed by old seasoned hikers in their 70s, and young kids in their pre-teens. It’s also been flunked by healthy 20-30 somethings who try to push through it quickly without enough acclimatization to altitude.

Patience and discipline are key for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Slow and steady wins the race here.

Prayer flags with white Nepal mountains in the distance at the EBC trek

Trekking Distance

The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles).

That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don’t do any of the detours.

Don’t let that scare you off. It’s a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

Stupa face and mountain near Dingboche on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Altitude Sickness

By far your biggest danger on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek is altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

No one is immune to this, and it doesn’t matter how fit you are. If you gain altitude too fast, you can get sick and in some cases even die. Plenty of people have died from AMS on the EBC Trek.

The problem is that overzealous hikers push the envelope on this hike all the time, and a lot of them end up needing a very expensive helicopter evacuation to lower ground.

The best way to avoid altitude sickness is to go slow . At altitudes above 3,000 meters (10,000 feet), don’t increase your sleeping elevation by more than 300-500 meters (1,000-1,500 feet) per night.

Every 1,000 meters (3,000 feet) you should also spend a second night at the same elevation. If you get a bad headache, dizziness, or nausea, descend to a lower altitude until you feel better. As long as you follow these general guidelines, you shouldn’t have any issues.

You can take Diamox (acetazolamide) on the trek for extra AMS prevention. This medication can be found in Kathmandu or Namche. I bought mine in Namche and it seemed to help my headache and slight foggy feeling. I didn’t have any side effects aside from the usual tingling toes/fingers.

Porter walking on a steep mountain bridge on the EBC trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Altitude

The Mount Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet). At this elevation, there is 50% of the oxygen at sea level.

However, most treks also go to Kala Patthar, a viewpoint even higher than base camp where you can get the best views of Mount Everest.

The elevation at Kala Patthar is 5,644 meters (18,519 feet). From there, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible panorama of Mount Everest and other icy peaks like Pumori, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Happy travels!

Sunrise near Mt Everest as seen from Kala Patthar on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

If you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive for this Mt Everest Base Camp tour.

More Nepal Travel Tips

Hopefully you were helped by this guide for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Let me know in the comments below if I can help answer any questions.

Don’t forget to check out my complete Nepal Travel Guide with tips, info, photos & more!

You may also like

Dhigurah island travel guide for maldives, 10 best hikes in aruba: family friendly trails, how to visit tanjung puting national park in indonesia, banggai islands travel guide & itinerary for sulawesi indonesia, paisu pok lake in banggai: bluest lake in indonesia, samet nangshe viewpoint: best sunrise spot in thailand.

' src=

So much useful detailed information.

' src=

Thanks for the straight forward information. Beautiful photos

' src=

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

  • Work With Us
  • Blogging Bootcamp

Two Wandering Soles

  • Campervan Life
  • Van Conversion Academy
  • Campervan Shop
  • Campervan Rentals
  • Plan a Trip
  • Itineraries
  • Destinations
  • Responsible Travel
  • Family Travel
  • Budget Travel
  • Scuba Diving
  • Travel Credit Cards
  • Digital Nomad
  • Teach English Abroad
  • Blogging Resources
  • Income Reports
  • Travel Shop
  • Meet Katie & Ben
  • About Two Wandering Soles
  • Personal Stuff
  • Portfolio & Press

Perfect Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

Home » Blog » Nepal » Perfect Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

The Everest Base Camp trek can be dangerous, even fatal, if you don’t plan it out correctly. Before we laced up our hiking boots and began our hike to Everest Base Camp, we did some planning. A lot of planning.

We read blogs, compared itineraries, and looked at maps. We downloaded the Lonely Planet’s Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya travel guide and memorized their suggested route. We scoured TripAdvisor forums and read long-winded explanations of the best villages to stay in along the way. And after all that research, we narrowed our findings down to a route that was perfect for us.

This 16-day itinerary will bring you to Everest Base Camp, across the infamous Cho La Pass, and to the beautiful Gokyo Lakes. It has buffer days built in, so you have plenty of time to acclimatize.

This itinerary will give you an idea of what each day looks like, its difficulty level, and the name of the teahouse we stayed at (and if we’d recommend it).

We trekked at a slow to average pace (some may say a “turtle pace”), and we carried our own packs (without a porter). Take a look at our EBC packing list . To learn more about what life is like on the trail and how to do it yourself, check out our Ultimate Guide to Trekking Everest Base Camp . 

Note: We did our trek from April 6th – 22nd, 2016.

Who is the Everest Base Camp Trek for?

We saw people of all ages and abilities making this trek. But be warned, it’s not easy. And even the fittest people can suffer from altitude sickness and fail to make it to base camp. We didn’t do much training for this trek at all, but we met several people who trained hard for an entire year before attempting EBC. 

Can children trek to Everest Base Camp?

We wouldn’t recommend it. Come to think of it, the youngest person we encountered was maybe 16 years old, and that was a rarity. If you are planning on trekking in Nepal with kids , there are many other, less intense hikes that would be more suitable for young children.

EVERYTHING you need to plan your EBC trek!

Everest Base Camp Guide | Two Wandering Soles

There are a few trekking routes around Everest National Park (Sagarmatha National Park). We trekked the Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes Itinerary shown below. Click the links to jump to that day on the trek. 

Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes Itinerary

Day 1: lukla to monjo, day 2: monjo to namche bazaar, day 3: namche bazaar acclimatization day, day 4: namche bazaar to tengboche, day 5: tengboche to dingboche, day 6: dingboche acclimatization day, day 7: dingboche to dugla, day 8: dugla to lobuche.

Day 9: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp, back to Gorak Shep

Day 10: Gorak Shep to Kala Pattar to Lobuche

Day 11: lobuche to dzongla, day 12: dzongla over cho la pass to gokyo, day 13: gokyo sacred lakes and rest day, day 14: climb gokyo ri then gokyo to dole, day 15: dole to namche bazaar, day 16: namche bazaar to lukla, last day: fly lukla to kathmandu.

*Note 1: If you are looking for the classic Everest Base Camp and back route, you would start heading back down from Day 10 from Kala Pattar – Pheriche – Namche Bazaar – Lukla. 

*Note 2: Staying in Dugla on Day 7 is commonly skipped but we decided to stay here because we both got sick. Read more about what happened to us on Day 7 .

If you have even more time, try looking into the Three Passes Trek. Check out the route in the Lonely Planet’s Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya travel guide .

Before starting your Self Guided Trek to Everest Base Camp

You’ll need to purchase travel insurance with high altitude coverage, which is not common on most policies. We saw far too many people get helicoptered off the trail because they got sick from the elevation. We purchased a policy from World Nomads , which high altitude coverage comes standard. We were at ease knowing that if anything happened, we were insured. 

ebc trek blog

Total trekking time: 5 hours 15 minutes + Rest time:  45-minute lunch in Phakding

Description: Once your flight lands grab breakfast and coffee in Lukla (we ate at Everest Coffee Cafe), and then began hiking. Trek through beautiful scenery, crossed suspension bridges, passed by yaks, and smelled the cherry blossoms and rhododendrons.

Note: If you are flying to Lukla, it’s not uncommon for your flight to be delayed or even cancelled. Be prepared to get a later start than you were expecting.

Difficulty Level: 4 – Today was easy, with mild uphill and downhill portions.

Teahouse: Monjo Guesthouse

Cost: 200 rupees

Warm dining room, simple rooms, good views

Recommended: Yes

Tip: Many people spend their first night in Phakding, but we skipped it for a few reasons. First, Phakding is full of large lodges with big trekking groups, whereas Monjo is a bit smaller. Also, Monjo is at a higher altitude, which will help you acclimatize better and make your transition to Namche easier.
Lastly, the second day of the trek is long and tiring. By staying in Monjo the first night, you’ll get ahead of the crowds and cut significant time since you are closer to Namche. If you have time, we would recommend pressing on until Monjo for your first night.

Namche Bazaar Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 4 hours 30 minutes + Rest time:  30 minutes at the Namche check point

Description:  Start the day crossing suspension bridges and easy walk, but after the last suspension bridge it is 2 hours or more of uphill hiking. 30 minutes before Namche there is a check point you must sign in at. Ours took 30 minutes because the power got shut off and had to reboot everything. Make sure to drink lots of water, at least 3 liters.

Difficulty Level: 7 – Easy first few hours, but the hill to Namche is a killer.

Teahouse: Khumbu Lodge

Cost: 300 rupees

Rooms have soft beds and good views (ask for a room facing the valley). It’s in a central location of Namche and has a big restaurant with tasty food.

This well-known lodge is popular with big expedition groups, and some famous climbers have stayed here throughout the years. The owner seemed to be well known in the climbing community. U.S. President Jimmy Carter and his wife stayed here as well in 1985.

Tip: Try the fried potatoes with veggies and an egg. Good for breakfast or dinner!

Hiking Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: Depends on day hike. 2 – 3 hours. We hiked to the Sherpa Museum for a view of Everest, about 1 – 1.5 hour round trip. Then we hiked up the hill over Namche to the Sherpa Village Lodge, about 1 – 1.5 round trip.

Difficulty Level: 4 – Pretty relaxed, easy slope to the Sherpa Museum. The hike up to the Sherpa Village Lodge was a steep climb but not too bad.

Teahouse: Khumbu Lodge (same as Day 2)

Tip: Next to Khumbu Lodge is Himalayan Java Café, which is a great spot to relax on your “rest day” after a morning hike. Make sure to get the walnut chocolate brownie, I dare you to try to only eat one!

Tengboche Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 5 hours and 10 minutes + Rest time:  15-minute snack break in Khyangjuma and 45 lunch break in Phunke Tenga

Description: It’s a steep climb out of Namche and then a level walk for about 1 hour with views of Everest and surrounding mountains with river valley below. Then downhill for an hour before the 2 hours and 15 minutes zig-zag uphill through the pine forest before Tengboche.

Difficulty Level: 6.5 – Early easy walk on flat trail, but the down and then up were challenging.

Teahouse: Tengboche Guesthouse

We had a small room and the bathroom cleanliness could be better, but the common area was warm and cozy.

Tip: Once you’re settled in your room, visit the Tengboche Monastery. It’s the oldest in the region and had blessed Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay before their summit on Everest.

Dingboche Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 4 hours and 40 minutes + Rest time:   15-minute snack time

Description: After leaving Tengboche, there’s 30 minutes of downhill hiking within a woody forest. You’ll walk on a flat trail for what seem like hours, stepping over boulders along the way. Once you get above the tree line near Somane, the landscape make you feel like you stepped into the Lord of Rings film set.

Difficulty Level: 6 – Simple hike on a well walked trail, but by now the altitude can start to take an effect on your breathing. 

Teahouse: Snow Leopard Lodge

Cost: 100 rupees

The rooms are simple and quite large. The common room is comfy with a great restaurant. The best part the attached bakery where you can order a strong coffee, cheesecake and apple pie!

There’s also a small pharmacy where it’s your last chance to stock up on medications or cough drops before heading to higher altitudes.

Recommended: Yes, highly recommended!

Tip: There is no cell service in Dingboche and the WiFi options are terrible. Just enjoy being off the grid for a few days and eat some cheesecake.
Tip: Many people spend their night and the next day resting in Pheriche, however we found more benefits to staying in Dingboche. It’s at a higher altitude so your body can adjust better. This could allow you to travel to Lobuche on Day 7 if you would like (we didn’t because we wanted to take it slower due to us getting a little sick). Dingboche also has the amazing bakery that we could spend days relaxing and eating.

Dingboche pagoda Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 2-4 hours depending on day hike 

Description: We were not feeling great with a tooth infection and a bad cold so we only hiked an hour up the hill overlooking Dingboche. There are some sweet views of Ama Dablam and other Himalayan giants with prayer flags at the viewpoint. If you wish, you can climb another hour or so to the top of the hill for even better views, but bring a wind breaker jacket.

Tip: Spend the rest of your acclimation day in the Snow Leopard Bakery. Order the cheese cake or the apple pie, you won’t be disappointed.

Difficulty Level: 6 – You get to hike without your packs, but the altitude really starts to hit you as you climb up the hill.

Teahouse: Moonlight Lodge

The family running the lodge is extremely kind and welcomes you into their cozy family circle around the central stove. However, the rooms were pretty small and cold and the food was nothing special.

Recommended: Yes, only if the Snow Leopard Lodge is full

Travel+Insurance+Skydiving

EBC Video Diaries

Watch Part 1 of our video diary from Day 1 through 6 of our trek. This will show you what life is like on the trail, plus we included some funny scenes for your entertainment. 

YouTube video

Dugla Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time:  2 hours and 15 minutes

Description: It’s an easy gradual slope that leads into Dugla. There are epic views throughout the entire hike to the south. Take the rest of the day to rest and recover, there is not much to do in Dugla.

Note: Most trekkers continue on to Lobuche on this day. However, Katie had a bad cold and Ben had a tooth infection, so we both needed an easy day with lots of rest (and medication). This shows the importance of going at your own pace and not pushing your limits. After one night in Dugla, we felt much better and continued on our regular route.  

Difficulty Level: 5.5 – One of the easiest and shortest days on the trail.

Teahouse: Yak Lodge

The rooms were simple and the food was mediocre with prices starting to increase. It was enough to fill your tummy, but not that tasty.

Recommended: Yes, if you stay in Dugla there are only two choices, and this is the cheaper option.

Trekking Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 2 hours and 30 minutes

Description: Leaving Dugla, the extremely difficult uphill climb takes about 1 hour. Once you’re at the top breathing is difficult, but luckily it’s pretty flat the rest of the day trekking over rocks and boulders.

At the top of the hill, there are numerous memorials for climbers who’ve lost their lives climbing Everest, including one for Scott Fisher who perished in the 1996 disaster.

Hiking 30 minutes past the top of the hill, you can see the trail to the west that leads to Dzongla. Keep that in mind for Day 11 when you’ll be heading down that way.

Difficulty Level: 8 – Hardest day so far. The uphill climb in the morning is a bitch and you’ll be so happy once you’re at the top.

Teahouse: Mother Earth Lodge  

Cost: 200-500 rupees

The rooms were a decent size, but not very cozy. There are different prices depending on which room you choose, but from what we saw there is no difference in the rooms (the only difference was that the more expensive rooms has trash bins, ours did not).

Recommended: No, go stay at Oxygen Altitude instead (We stayed there on Day 10 and liked it a lot more).

Day 9: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp!

Everest Base Camp Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 6 hours and 25 minutes + Rest time:  1 hour lunch and 1 hour at Base Camp

Description: From Lobuche it’s an easy stroll for about 1 hour and then it gets pretty steep. Climbing over boulders and crossing glacial streams would be fun it wasn’t for the whole struggling to breathe thing.

Once at Gorak Shep, grab a quick lunch, because it’s only another hour and a half to EBC. You’ll be happy to drop off your big pack, which now feel three times as heavy, for the last hike to Base Camp.

The trail from GS is full of short ups and downs over loose rocks, but there are a few flat parts. You’ll know when you’re at EBC because there will be a few people gathered around the famous rock and flag pile. Time to celebrate! You made it to Everest Base Camp!!

Everest Base Camp Itinerary: Sitting at Everest Base Camp

Tip: Don’t forget to pack extra batteries because it would be the worst if your camera died for this once in a life time moment. It’s also nice to have a celebratory Snickers bar to have once you reach the top!

Difficulty Level: 8 from Lobuche to Gorak Shep, and 7 from Gorak Shep to EBC – We were surprised on how (relatively) easy the hike is from Gorak Shep to Base Camp. It’s probably because we didn’t have packs on, which was really nice.

Teahouse: Buddha Lodge

The guide book says “cozy” but I say cramped and busy. There’s hardly any place to sit during meals because the tour groups have reserved tables. Room is simple and cold, but what do you expect at 5180 meters?

Recommended: Yes, but don’t really expect much.

Tip: The potato veg with cheese is pretty good, but maybe the altitude was messing with my taste buds too.
Tip: Many people don’t sleep well at Gorak Shep because of the altitude. To counter that, we both drank about a half liter of electrolyte water before bed and again once we woke up. Surprisingly, we slept like babies up there, expect for the mandatory midnight bathroom run thanks to Diamox side effects.

Kala Pattar Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 5 hours and 45 minutes + Rest time:  30 minutes at the top of Kala Pattar and 1 hour for lunch in Gorak Shep

Description: Don’t have too high of expectations for Kala Pattar, it’s honestly just a massive rock pile. But the views from the top are incredible!

Make sure you have a decent breakfast before you start otherwise you risk being a baby like Ben was because he was low on sugar.

At the top, you will have 360 degree views of Himalayan giants like Khumbutse, Changtse, Lhotse, Nuptse and of course Everest, which looks like a black diamond peering over the shoulder of the other mountains.

Once you have taken it all in at the top, head down and grab your pack and start heading back to Lobuche. You’ll feel like you could run a marathon as you come down from the mountain, it’s a pretty cool feeling. The hike from Gorak Shep to Lobuche is about the same difficulty as coming up the day before.

Tip: Bring other candy bar to celebrate at the top, or if you are Ben, you eat it 20 minutes in because he was low on blood sugar and could barely walk.
Tip: If for some reason you cannot make it to the top of Kala Pattar, like if you’re not feeling well or running short on time, it is totally okay. Honestly, the views are about the same at the one hour mark up the hill as the 3 hour mark at the top. The only difference is some mountains appear more visable and the glacial lakes show up below.

Difficulty Level: 10 – Kala Pattar is one of those hills that just seem to get higher and higher the further you climb. At that altitude, you need to take your time. It seriously took us 3 hours to reach the top of KP and only 40 minutes to get down. 

Teahouse: Oxygen Altitude  

This place has really done a good job on making you feel at home. The rooms are huge and the beds are really comfy. The veg momos, veg curry and veg pasta are all good (and us fattys ordered them all in one meal)

Recommended: Yes, it’s the best accommodation in Lobuche.

Watch Part 2 of our video diary from Day 7 through 10 of our trek. It shows you what Everest Base Camp is really like and the incredible views from Kala Pattar.

YouTube video

Hiking Cloud Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 3 hours

Description: Heading south from Lobuche you will come to a fork after about 25 minutes. Instead of veering left on the same trail you came up on from Dugla, take the path to the right and stroll along the side of the mountain with great views of Cholatse to the south and Ama Dablam to the east.

Tip: As you make your turn to the west,take the path that leads down into the valley and not up the hill. Follow the river upstream and you’ll be fine. We got a little lost and had to scale down a couple hundred meters to find the correct path.
Tip: Make sure to leave early in the morning because around 11 a.m. thick clouds are commonly roll in the valley and it’s difficult to see the route.

Difficulty Level: 6.5 – Pretty flat trail that gradually slopes downward and then a small uphill right before Dzongla.

Teahouse: Mountain View Lodge

Simple lodge with basic rooms, but has really good food.

Tip: Tell the hotel owner the night before your breakfast and take-away lunch order for the next day because you’ll be leaving really early.

Cho La Pass Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 8 hours + Rest time: 1 hour at the top of Cho La Pass and 1 hour in Thangnak for lunch

Description: It’s recommended to reach the top of Cho La pass before 9 a.m. because the glacier ice at the top can start melting later in the day, making it dangerous to cross.

So an early start around 5:30 a.m. is required to make it in time. It’s an easy stroll leaving from Dzongla and then there’s a steep climb up a rock hill.

As you approach the rock face, turn right, and go up at a 45 degree angle climbing over boulders. You’ll be rewarded with an excellent view behind you once you make it up the top. Continue hiking and stay to the left, traversing boulders as you can see the tongue of the glacier to your right.

Once the boulders end, cross the glacier with a wide angle, not going uphill too much. You don’t want fall in the glacier pool right before the pass. When you reach the top of the pass, celebrate and rest for a bit, you deserve it.  

Once you had your fill of the view at the top, hike down the slippery rocks, loose gravel and traverse massive boulders. Next, trek uphill over a short mound and then back down again a narrow valley that leads to Thangnak.

After lunch in Thangnak, hike north, parallel with the glacier on the east side of the moraine wall, until you see a white flag signaling you to climb into the glacier field. Try your best to follow the maze of stone cairns while admiring the turquoise pools until you reach the west wall of the glacier moraine. Hike over the wall and down into your final destination of Gokyo. Wow! What a day!

Difficulty Level: 9.5 – It’s a difficult climb up to the pass, but your body should be acclimatized after coming from Everest, so it’s not too bad. Trekking from the other direction would be a much more challenging task. Also, take your time hiking down the steep rocks leading down from the pass. We slipped a few times and it could create a “rocky” situation for anyone below you.

Teahouse: Gokyo Resort

Try to snag a room on the second floor with nice views of the lake. The restaurant has good food and the staff is extremely friendly.

Tip: Try to restrain yourself from buying every pastry item from the attached bakery because you’ll run the risk of spending your last rupees. But you do have to try the apple pie and brownies, you might never leave Gokyo.

Gokyo Sacred Lakes Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 3 hours and 50 minutes + Rest Time:  40-minute stop at the 4th lake and 45 minutes at the 5th lake

Description: Relatively easy gradual slope heading north with some ups and downs. The route can be a little tricky, but just stick to the lakes and hills and away from the glacier, because we came across a trail that fell into the glacier.

Make sure to climb up to the glacier moraine just east of the fifth lake for a great view of Everest and surrounding mountains.

Tip: If you are really crazy, bring a towel and a change of warm clothes after taking a freezing dip into one of the lakes. If you want to play it safe, try dunk yourself in the 3rd lake that is right next to Gokyo so you can thaw out next to a stove.

Difficulty Level: 6.5 – Pretty easy with a few ups and downs, but there are many trails crisscrossing so stick to the hills.

Teahouse: Gokyo Resort (Same at Day 12)

Tip: After your day hike, spend the rest of the day in the bakery with coffee and yummy baked goods, you won’t regret it.

Gokyo Ri Sacred Lakes Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 8 hours and 15 minutes (3 hours return up Gokyo Ri) + Rest time: 1 hour lunch break

Description: Gokyo Ri is challenging straight uphill hike, but you’ll be impressed with the views from the top. After climbing back down you’ll finally start heading downhill. Whao-hoo!!

You’ll get to see the remaining Sacred Lakes (which the 1st lake is more like a puddle) as you walk down into the valley. Passing through many small villages, take a lunch break at any one of them. Continue until you reach Dole.

Difficulty Level: 5.5 – Gokyo Ri is like Kala Pattar, but since your body is more use to the altitude you should be fine hiking it. Don’t get me wrong, it sucks, but you’ll be rewarded once you reach the top.

Beside the Ri, the rest of your day is easy. You’ll enjoy getting more oxygen back into your lungs and body as you go lower and lower.

Teahouse: Yeti Lodge

Cost: Free, but had to eat dinner and breakfast.

The dining room was the cutest on the entire trek with big pillows and cozy decorations. It looked like a café back home. Try the organic veg soup with fresh herbs, it was the best soup we had on the entire trek.

Flowers Rhododendrons Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 5 hours and 15 minutes + Rest time:  15-minute snack break in Mong La

Description: If you’re like us, you might start to get a little goofy as more oxygen hits your body. You’re going downhill all day except for the hour climb up from Phoete Tenga to Mong La. 

The rest of the day is walking on well-groomed paths with many places to stop and rest along the way. Enjoy the beautiful greenery that surrounds the valley.

Difficulty Level: 6.5 – Going downhill is great! But the hour steep up hill is kind of a buzz kill.

Teahouse: Khumbu Lodge (Same as Days 2 & 3)

Tip: Don’t forget to stop by Himalayan Java Café next door to Khumbu Lodge and eat as many walnut brownies as you can!
Tip: Time to celebrate! Congratulate yourself with a drink at the highest Irish Bar in the world. But don’t have too many, you have a long day tomorrow.

River Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Total trekking time: 6 hours and 15 minutes + Rest Time:  45-minute lunch in Phakding

Description: Reverse your steps from Days 1 & 2 from the beginning of your trek as you head down the massive hill before Namche. Cross suspension bridges and pass through the small villages as you see other bright-eyed trekkers heading the opposite direction.

Difficulty Level: 5 – You should be feeling like an Olympic athlete as you stroll back through the small villages in the valley. 

Teahouse: Sunny Garden Lodge

It’s had a small room and not the best food. I also heard mice in the middle of the night. But hey, it was just our last night.

Recommended: No, there are plenty of other places in Lukla.

Airplane Propeller Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

Description: Grab a quick breakfast and head to the airport. Make sure to get there early, because it gets crazy in the one room terminal. Once your plane arrives, it’s a quick turn around and you’re boarded. Say one last prayer to the Khumbu gods as you take off on what can be the scariest flight in the world.

Watch Part 3 of our video diary from Day 11 through 17 of our trek. It shows our trek over the challenging Cho La Pass and our final decent out of the Himalayas. We added bloopers and even a Snickers commercial we made for your enjoyment!

YouTube video

Are you planning a trek to Everest Base Camp? We can help!

We have TONS more resources on trekking EBC. Check out our Nepal Homepage for more resources and some of our favorite articles on Everest Base Camp below.

Ultimate Guide to Trekking EBC Independently

How Much Does an Everest Base Camp Trek Cost?

Perfect Everest Base Camp Packing List

Everything You Need to Know for Your First Trip to Nepal

Save this on Pinterest for later!

Perfect Everest Base Camp Trekking Itinerary

We want to hear from you!

What do you think about our itinerary? Have you trekked to Everest Base Camp or Gokyo Lakes? Do you have any additional tips? Share in the comments below.

Comments (36) on “ Perfect Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary ”

Hey! What a fantastic guide! Thank you. Just one question – is it possible to prebook the tehouses? Thanks Stuart

Hey Stuart! We did not have to prebook teahouse and we went in the busy season of April. I think you can book hotels in Namche Bazaar, but anything further than that you might have to just wing it or call them in advance to see if they take reservations.

Hi! So I am in the mountains of Vietnam right now and I’ve been reading through your Everest Base Camp articles because I’ve decided since I am already in this part of the world and the flights from Hanoi to Kathmandu are not expensive I am going to do both Annapurna and Everest Base Camp alone. Here is my question and it may sound silly…. For Everest Base Camp are there road signs telling you which direction to go in for each stop? Like ya know… "This way to Monjo" "This way to Goyko" are there road signs to Everest Base Camp? and it’s the same question for Annapurna. If there are road signs to Everest Base Camp I am 1,000 percent gonna do it on my own, but if I were to have to sole rely on a map, it might make be think differently or well, I’m not THAT great with maps….. Road signs???

Hi Mykki, not a silly question at all. There are signs leaving each town pointing you in the direction of the next town/village. The trail is pretty well marked and you won’t have any issues. And if you do get turned around, you can always ask a fellow hiker or a local to point you in the right direction. Hope that helps! Have fun trekking!

Hi Folks! Great article! We’re prepping to do EBC this April. I really like the Steripen idea. Where were you getting the water to purify? Out of rivers or is there ‘tap water’ of some sort to be found? Did you actually find that you got 150 liters out of a set of lithium batteries? Cheers- Matt and Jen

Hey Matt and Jen! We love our Steripen and it really came in handy on the EBC trek. There will be spots to fill up at tea houses every hour or two. No need to fill up from rivers. And then you just sterilize that water with the Steripen. If you get the good lithium batteries, the Steripen does work for a long time (I didn’t exactly count it out, but I would be very confident with the stats on how long it lasts). Just make sure to bring spare batteries just in case. Happy trekking!

Hi Katie and Ben, Thanks for such a detailed guide! Me and my boyfriend will be doing EBC in September and plan to follow your guide almost exactly. When looking at travel insurance with World Nomads it states that "You must be with a professional, qualified and licensed guide, instructor or operator". Was this the case when you purchased insurance via World Nomads?

Hi Louise, I just checked our World Nomads insurance policy and it doesn’t say anything about needing to be with a professional or guide. Have you contacted World Nomads about this question?

This seems strange that you would come across this, because World Nomads gives out these policies for any type of traveler (whether you are trekking EBC or not) and when you travel you will not always be with a guide. Let me know what World Nomads says 🙂

Hi Ben & Katie, Your Journey is really inspiring me. I’m planning to do EBC trek on coming October. May I follow the same Itinerary for October or should I have to change the itinerary. And also I’m totally new to mountain trekking. Can you please tell me about what dress have to wear during day & night time.

Hey Boobalakannan, it’s the same route to follow whether it’s in the spring or fall. We have a whole series of articles on how to trek in EBC and what to pack on our Nepal Page.

Let us know if you have any more questions! Happy planning!

Ben & Katie, My daughter and I are gearing up for EBC/Gokyo and was wondering a couple of things. Did you have to sanitize coffee at the tea houses or does general processing kill the parasites? Did you acquire all snacks in Kathmandu or purchase along the way? Also, did you use diamox or just trust your acclimatization schedule? We’ve trekked high country in the Rockies, climbed Rainier, but this will be our first go at sustained altitude and I’m afraid of my old man disease. BTW, your blog is very well done and informative; I see so much of my daughter in your lives….consider that envy.

Hey Gary, thanks so much for the compliment 🙂

Here are the answers to your questions:

1) For coffee/tea at the teahouses, they provide you with a thermos of hot water, which is safe to drink. Any water that hasn’t been boiled needs to be sterilized (we recommend the Steripen).

2) We had been traveling for 6 months prior to our trek, so we bought our snacks in Kathmandu. There are a few stores in the Thamel neighborhood that have a decent selection of trekking snacks, but if you are coming from home, we’d definitely recommend purchasing your snacks prior to your trip. You’ll have a way bigger selection! (Plus, we weren’t easily able to find things like protein bars, beef jerky, or a good selection of trail mix and dried fruit in Kathmandu.)

3) We took Diamox (purchased in Thamel). We’ve done high altitude hiking before, but never that high for such a long period of time. And I’ve gotta say it affected us much more than any other hiking we’ve done. We don’t like taking medicine very much, but are happy we did in this case.

Best of luck. We’d love to hear about your experience! What a special thing to share with your daughter.

Hello Katie and Ben! Just discovered all of this wonderful info, thank you so much! Planning a trek for this fall, and although the route that you took looks perfect, not sure we will have the time to do the whole loop. That said, we may need to choose between out and back to EBC or out and back to Gokyo Lakes. I’ve been reading that the EBC trek can become quite crowded and even a bit ‘touristy’, where the Gokyo trek is a bit more remote. Gokyo offers glimpses of Everset, but of course doesn’t get you to base camp. With the ‘touristy’ thing in mind, (and us not interested in big crowds) wondering what your advice might be. If you had to choose one of the out and back treks, which one would you do, having experienced what you did? We have 3 weeks total, that’s with travel from the states, so I’m guessing a total of 12-14 days on the trail. Any thoughts very much appreciated! Thanks and cheers -Kelly

Hi Katie and Ben,

My boyfriend and I are planning a 6 month trip around south east Asia next year starting with the base camp trek in April. Your blog has been an absolute dream with regards to our planning, we love it and it’s been so useful.

I wanted to ask you how much money you think is sensible to have on us for the trek? Also i’ve read that it is not safe to do the part of the trek to base camp itself without a guide as it is really easy to get lost. Did you find this to be a problem or do you think it is reasonable to attempt it without a guide?

Thank you in advance 🙂 Jo

Hi Joanne! That’s so exciting your going to go to EBC! If you check out our EBC Budget article it describes how much you should bring on the trek.

To be honest, we did not have a problem finding any of the trails along the way to EBC. The paths are well defined and there are always a handful of people within site so you can follow in their direction. If you’re fully prepared and know how to acclimate properly then you will be fine without a guide, we were 🙂

yes we have done many times trek to Gokyo, Chola pass, Renjola pass, Ebc base camp.Island peak. The trekking destinations are very popular and highly demanded Treks in Nepal

Glad to hear you’re getting out on the trail.

We are heading to Nepal next Saturday and plan to follow your route almost exactly as will plan to trek independently. Your blog is excellent and we’ve found each page really helpful with our preparation! We haven’t booked our Lukla flights yet as we figured it would be easier to do this in Kathmandu after doing lots of research. I just wondered how you found this process and if you found getting a seat on the planes difficult without a guide or porter-guide to get you to the front of the que? We have done a few long distance treks before and a relatively experienced, but I’ve read that the Cho La Pass can be dangerous. I just wondered how you found it and if you would recommend getting a guide for this section (if this is possible)?

Any tips/advice would be greatly appreciated. Sally & Dave

Hi Sally & Dave, I’m so glad you’ve found our site helpful! Great questions, we’ll do our best to answer.

1) Yes, waiting until Kathmandu should be just fine (at least it was in our experience!). You might want to plan to have a couple extra days just in case the exact day you want isn’t available, but we got our first choice, so you might be lucky, too. Also, just something to keep in mind – if the weather isn’t good the flights won’t go as scheduled, so you’ll have to go later than planned (everyone – even people who had their flight reserved far in advance). And you don’t really get seat number assignments. It’s a small plane and you just kind of walk on first come first serve. It doesn’t matter if you had a guide or not (at least that was the case on our plane).

2) We were a little nervous for Cho La Pass too, but it turned out to be fine. We didn’t have any special equipment and most people we saw didn’t (except for the big organized groups). I’m sure you could get a guide for that leg if you really sought it out, but I don’t think it’s super necessary unless you’re feeling really apprehensive. When you start the trek, you’ll kind of run into other people doing the same thing (there’s only one path, after all haha!), so follow them, stick together and use each other for encouragement. There’s a great place to stop after you cross the pass where lots of people gather and kind of encourage each other – it’s fun! And after the pass, you’ll want to be careful scrambling down the rocks, but if you take it slowly you should be fine. Next, you’ll cross a glacier and when you reach Gokyo after a long day, you’ll be so happy!

I hope these ramblings help! Have SO much fun and let us know how it goes. We’d love to hear how you like it.

best & detailed. i’m planning to trek lukla – tengboche with my wife & 8 years old daughter. my concern is – is this trek route is suitable for my daughter. where should i book the guide – at katmandu or at lukla.

cheers sampen

Hey Sampen! Sounds like a fun family trip you have planned. That’s a tough question – it truly depends on your daughter. I’m assuming you’ve brought her trekking before if you’re planning to go to Nepal with her, so if she has done some big hikes she may be just fine. We did see a handful of children along the trek (mostly at the lower towns), but definitely not a ton. If you are confident in your daughter’s stamina and trekking abilities I would say go for it! The only thing is that everyone (adults and super fit people included!) reacts to the altitude differently. So I’d be sure to pay attention to how your daughter is handling the change in altitude and build in some extra days so you can take it slowly. Best of luck. Let us know how it goes.

The cost per tea house you have mentioned in surprising very low. What time of the year did you do EBC?

We did the EBC in April of 2016. Yes, tea house prices are low, but typically you must eat at their adjoining restaurants if you stay there. This is how the tea house owners really make their money. Some are even free to sleep in, but you must eat there. Your food bill plus the charge for your room is the price you pay for a bed, but still isn’t bad 🙂

Hey Katie, great post! Are your prices quoted including the food you purchased or just the bed cost? There are so many "averages" on the interwebs…can you give us an example of the breakfast, lunch, and dinner costs you two experienced? Thanks!

Hey Daniel, we’re happy to clarify! The meals were on average $3-5 USD per person (roughly 300 – 500 rupees). You can definitely spend more or less per meal, and the prices do tend to increase as you get higher in elevation. Considering that many ingredients need to be trekked in, we thought the prices were very reasonable.

We actually made an entire post about how much our trek cost us and broke down the expenses by accommodation, food, etc. I think the article will give you a much better idea

(Just as a side note: We trekked independently – no porter or guide service – so our costs will be cheaper than if you go through an organized group or hire a porter.)

A Great Post!

Thanks so much!

Awesome article with day to day itinerary with description and pictures of Mount Everest trekking area Khumbu

Thank you so much, Shankar. That’s very kind of you to say 🙂

I love your guys’ blog and have read it multiple times! We are doing this trek in March and one of the biggest questions I have is about the flight to Lukla – did you book your flights before you got there? Who did you book your flights through? I want to book our tickets before but unsure of who to do it through. Thanks!!

Hey, I’m so happy to connect 🙂 That is a great question, and certainly one we were a bit concerned about. There’s not a ton of info on it out there. But there’s good news – you really don’t need to worry about this for a while! While you can certainly purchase your flight in advance, it’s not always necessary. If you are going to be really pressed for time and will only have a day in Kathmandu, I’d recommend getting your flight ahead of time. You won’t be able to purchase it like a regular flight on Kayak or Skyscanner. Instead, you’ll have to contact a tour company in Kathmandu via email and pay them using PayPal. It usually costs a bit more to arrange this in advance with PayPal fees, etc. (It’s not super significant – maybe around $30.)

Remember when you buy a flight to Lukla, it is really smart to have a few days of wiggle room since flights only leave when weather permits. We were super lucky and only got delayed a couple hours, but we met a guy on our flight who had come to the airport 3 days in a row because they weren’t able to fly due to poor conditions.

We bought our flights through an agency in the Thamel neighborhood (can’t think of the name at the moment). We walked into the shop 2 days before we wanted to leave and bought them on the spot. It is right across the street from the biggest supermarket in Thamel, so it was very convenient when we were stocking up on snacks to bring with 🙂 I think prices are relatively similar all around town (the flight to Lukla stays pretty much the same price at all times), and most of the agencies are the same – we chose this one mainly because of convenience and also because our friend was picking up his there as well.

The great thing about the flights to and from Lukla is that your return date is flexible. If it takes you longer to do the trek, you can call the agency and they’ll switch your date. And vice versa – if you finish early, they can get you on an earlier flight.

I hope this helps. Please don’t hesitate to ask if you have other questions when planning. I know it can be a bit overwhelming, but it is SO worth it!

Thank you so much! I connected with an agent that was recommended on a couple blogs so hopefully that all pans out! I’ll let you know how it works out! Your blog is super helpful by the way!

I’m glad you got it sorted out, Courtney! Let us know if you like the agent and we can recommend them to others who ask 🙂 Have the BEST time! We’d love to hear about your experience. (And thanks for the kind words!)

Love your blogs on EBC – the description and pictures are awesome. My husband and I are planning to do the EBC trek in Mei 2017 (with guide and porter) ….. we are reaching 50’s. We will most likely walk like a snail but we hope our journey will be as interesting as yours…..and hope the weather will be kind to us. Thanks for sharing your experience. Azian Malaysia

Hi Azian, You’ll love the EBC trek! We would love to go back. Trust me, we walked like snails the whole way, but I think that is best 🙂 The weather in May should be good. Keep us posted on how it goes! Trek on!

Hi Katie…nice to meet you Im Raj from Malaysia, I’m on a quest to EBC in Nov2017 accompanied with my friend.. we are going solo, without a porter or a guide..which i find the Gokyo circuit a little tricky and a little hesitant to do it without a guide as i do not know what to expect, and we could get lost in the dangerously unforgiving terrain.. So i was scouring the web for ton of info as im already planning meticulously.. yet i was still pondering some things as i could not get much info of incorporating the Gokyo circuit into my EBC trek until i came across your video in Youtube which eventually led me to your blog. By far your blog is the most comprehensive one i’ve come across, and im very glad i spotted it. Now i know how to get there and what to expect. One of my concerns are the frigid temperatures and snowfall as im from the tropical southeast Asia at sea level, i haven’t really experienced weather below 18’C. Thank you so much for sharing your wonderful experience to fellow first-time trekkers like us. I would be extremely glad if you could share any other valuable advise for me. Drop me a msg at [email protected] . Thanks a million. Cheers!!

Comments are closed.

Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024

Written By: The Planet D

Adventure Travel , Nepal

Updated On: January 5, 2024

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is different than other treks around the world. Nowhere else on earth will you experience trekking as you do in Nepal and nowhere quite compares to the majesty of the Himalayas. Villages dot the landscape filled with restaurants, markets, bazaars, and tea houses (mini-hotels) where you can stop for lunch, buy supplies, and have a piece of apple pie while surrounded by the highest mountains in the world.

Every hundred meters or so there is a hotel, restaurant, or cluster of buildings making up a small village. The villages are stunning reminding us of something out of the Swiss Alps on steroids. Well-built lodges and brick homes line the trail with the magnificent setting of the Himalayas draped in the back.

Table of Contents

Trekking to Everest Base Camp

What is it like trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal? The EBC Trek is life-changing, it’s exhilarating, and it is challenging. We share everything you need to know from planning your trek to Everest to packing for your trip. This guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek breaks down each day. So sit back and take a journey with us through Nepal’s legendary Sagarmatha National Park.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

On the map, the Everest Base Camp trekking route distances look fairly easy to hike from village to village through the Khumbu Valley. Eight days may seem like it would be more than enough time to cover a mere 63 km (39 miles) one way, (128 km return) but with several sustained days in a row above 4000 meters (13,000 feet), the walk is slow and steady.

It is important not to push too fast to avoid altitude sickness which is a very real possibility. When trekking to Everest base camp, expect to hike anywhere from 7 – 17 km (4.5 – 10 miles) per day with the entire trek taking 12 – 14 days.

Hiring a Guide for the EBC Trek – Mandatory

In April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Book Locally

Many people book ahead of time with a tour company located outside of Nepal such as Intrepid Travel or GAdventures, but we hired locally and it saved a lot of money.

Plus, you know your money is going directly to the local economy and you have a more intimate experience by trekking with a local guide. We spent a couple of days in Kathmandu looking for a guide to Everest and found Simrik Real Nepa l owned by Kathmandu resident Dipendra Simkhada.

Dipendra planned the entire trip for us, and all we had to do was wait for him to pick us up at our guesthouse in Kathmandu to take us to the airport to board our Tara Air flight to Lukla Airport. Book your Trek to Everest Base Camp with Simrik Real Nepal – A Locally owned and operated tour company, Simrik is located in Kathmandu.

Kathmandu – The Hub of Nepal Treks

We spent a few days in Kathmandu picking up supplies and doing some sightseeing before trekking to Everest. We suggest not spending too long here as it can be very polluted in Kathmandu and by the time we were ready to trek, I was already quite congested.

Our recommendation is when you arrive in Kathmandu, only spend two to three days to get yourself organized and instead do your sightseeing at the end of your trek. Read more: Top Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal

Day 1: Fly from Lukla Trek to Pakhding

Flights to Lukla no longer leave from Tribhuvan International Airport (Kathmandu Airport)  in Kathmandu due to congestion. Flights are now out of Ramechap airport which is a 4 1/2 hour drive from Kathmandu. You can book private helicopters from Tribhuvan International Airport.

The flight from Ramechap airport is much shorter than the flight from Tribhuvan International Airport. Flights to Lukla are only 12 minutes so more flights can get through when the weather is clear making flights less likely to be canceled or delayed for too long.

The flight to Lukla is a scary flight and is considered one of the most dangerous in the world. We flew from Kathmandu but flights now are much shorter from Ramechap. I think I would like it better as we sat at the front of the plane and saw the pilot’s instruments constantly flash “ obstacle ahead. ” It looked as if we were about to crash into a mountain at any time. Read all about our flight to Lukla and watch the video here

Watch Us Fly to Lukla Airport

The Lukla airstrip at Lukla Airpot is a short landing strip at only 525 meters (1,729 feet long.) Built on the side of a mountain it is also a very steep grade that is needed to slow the planes down quickly. Needless to say, we held our breath during the landing.

We survived that flight, but it was the flight back to Kathmandu I was nervous about. Taking off on that short of a runway was a hair-raising experience. One false move and we’d drop thousands of feet into the valley below. Lukla Airport is actually called Tenzing Hillary Airport named after the first two men to summit Mount Everest.

Hiking from Lukla to Pakding

The trek begins officially in Lukla. Lukla is a busy town with plenty of accommodation, shops, and eateries. If you forgot anything for your EBC trek, you can pick up supplies in a pinch. But we suggest purchasing all your gear in Kathmandu. It is much cheaper.

From Lukla, we immediately started our Everest Base Camp hike. After a quick snack and a cup of tea in Lukla, we set off on an easy three-hour trek along trekking trails that were easy to follow weaving through villages, crossing rivers, and stumbling over stony paths.

Entering Sagarmatha National Park

A permit is needed to hike to Everest Base Camp as it is located in Sagarmatha National Park. We checked in with the national park headquarters and Dipendra took care of everything. He had all our paperwork in order so all we had to do was start walking through the beautiful Khumbu Valley to make our way to Everest base camp.

Sagarmatha National Park has been a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1976. At 1148 square km (443 square miles) in area, it is one of the most beautiful places we have ever visited.

We felt giddy stepping through the welcome gates located just outside of Lukla. This was it, we were following in the footsteps of the great adventurers of our time. It was awe-inspiring to hike through the Khumbu region surrounded by the Himalayas.

As we hiked out of Lukla, Dipendra pointed out the surrounding jagged white peaks named Kwangde, Mumbu, and Kishumkongara. At 6000+ meters, (19,000+ feet) these are the “little guys” of the world’s highest mountain range. It wouldn’t be long until we were among the famous 8000-meter (26,000 feet) peaks.

Our first day was filled with a relaxing walk while learning about the Khumbu region. It was quite early in the day, so we had plenty of time to take our time to learn about the customs of climbing and learn the names of the mountains found in this beautiful region of Nepal.

For the rest of the day, we followed the Dudh Koshi River Valley at a steady but leisurely pace to the village of Pakding. Temperatures were warm and the first day of trekking was comfortable. Lukla to Pakding actually has an elevation loss, so it is a good introduction to hiking through the region as we had a lot of downhill trekking.

After about 5 hours, we came to our first night on the trek where we spent the night in a comfortable teahouse in the village of Phakding.

Our First Night on the EBC Trek

The accommodation in Pakding was a quaint little hotel/teahouse that looked like a cottage. The wood-burning stove smelled delicious as it warmed the restaurant while they prepared our meals.

Our porter “Sher” carried all our supplies including the sleeping bags that we borrowed from our trekking company. We each rented a sleeping bag that was included in the price of our EBC trek. The beds were comfortable and Dave and I had private rooms. Some tours use dorm rooms but we had private rooms. Toilets were shared, but everything was clean and comfortable. The rooms were clean and we slept like rocks snuggled up in our thick down sleeping bags.

Heated Lodges – Teahouses on the EBC Trek

During the EBC Trek, you don’t stay in tents. You stay in charming teahouses with cozy beds, wood-burning stoves, and fully stocked restaurants that serve dinner.

The teahouses are a welcoming sight after a long day of trekking helping to make the trek to Everest one of the most memorable experiences of our lives. If you are planning to trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal, read on for all the information you’ll need to help you prepare.

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our EBC trek were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature with heating as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags. We ate hearty meals of pasta and meat and enjoyed a relaxing night soaking in the amazing day we just had on the mountain.

  • From Lukla – Elevation 2869 meters (9,350 feet)
  • To Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet)
  • Length – 7.7 km (4.78 miles)
  • Elevation loss – 79 meters (259 feet)
  • Duration – 3 Hours

Day 2 – Pakding to Namche Bazaar

On day two, we checked in at another gate of the Mt. Everest park headquarters to show our documentation. We had to show our passports and give them extra passport photos to go into the log. (So make sure you have extra passport photos with you) Once we signed in, we were officially in the Khumbu region and officially on our way trekking to Everest Base Camp.

We covered a lot of terrain on day two making it the longest day of the Everest Base Camp trek. The trail up the mountains was steep and challenging but it was a memorable day.

Day two of the EBC trek was a hike of almost 10km (6.2 miles) with an elevation gain of 800 meters (2624 feet). But throughout the hike, there was a lot of elevation loss mixed in so it felt like a lot more.

We would lose elevation as we descended into the valley only to have to climb back up again to a higher elevation. Today was a lot of fun though because we crossed several suspension bridges over Dudh Kosi River Valley.

Suspension Bridges on the way to Everest

If you have a fear of heights, crossing suspension bridges may not be your favorite moment, but the suspension bridges while trekking to Everest Base Camp are well constructed, made of steel, and in excellent condition.

I was nervous about the suspension bridges. The Lonely Planet Guide said, “ Grit your teeth and climb onto a drooping suspension bridge floating at a dizzying height .” That sentence freaked me out.

I had built the suspension bridges of the EBC trek in my head as something monstrous. But by the time we reached the first bridge, I wondered what all the fuss was about. Once I crossed my first bridge, my confidence was up and I was ready for anything the Everest trek was ready to throw at me.

Donkey Trains

Today we also started to see a lot of donkeys, cows, and goats taking supplies to the villages. Traffic can get very heavy on the Everest Base Camp hike. When animal trains go by, make sure to get out of their way and stay to the side.

They are loaded down with heavy gear and they have a mission to keep on walking until they are done. They can easily nudge you right off the side of a cliff as no matter what is in their way, they just keep walking.

The trail is a highway, but instead of transport trucks or trains carrying cargo, people and farm animals carry everything from lumber and building supplies to food and kitchen appliances.

Safety Tips on the Everest Base Camp Trek for yaks and donkeys

  • Important Tip: When a yak, donkey, or cow train passes you during the EBC trek, be sure to stand on the mountainside of the trail so they can’t push you over the edge !
  • It is better to be squished into a mountainside than to go tumbling over the edge!

Final Stretch to Namche Bazaar

Right after crossing the last bridge, the hardest part of day two of trekking to Everest base camp started The last push of the day consisted of 2-hours straight uphill to Namche Bazar.

We were drenched with sweat but the air was cool. Whenever we stopped for a break, we would get a chill so we just kept on chugging away.

Large tour groups passed us quickly, only to be caught a few minutes later as they rested. We realize that we were the tortoise and they were the hare! Slow and steady is the way to climb at high altitudes and in the end, we made it to Namche Bazaar with plenty of time to spare in the day.

Arrival to Namche Bazaar

We checked into the security post and cringed when we found out that our lodge was an uphill walk for another 20 minutes. Rest had to wait a bit longer.

When we arrived at our accommodation, we were thrilled to see our porter Sher’s smiling face. He had already checked us in and put our bag in our room. We immediately went for a nap and then did a little walking around town in the evening to do some shopping and grab a bite to eat before turning in for an early night.

There are plenty of shops and restaurants at Namche Bazaar, this town is bustling and we spent two nights of our EBC Trek here which was awesome.

Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet) Namche Bazaar – 3440 meters (11,286 feet) Elevation Gain – 830 meters (2723 feet) Distance – 10km (6.2 Miles) Duration – 6 hours

Day 3 – Acclimatization Day at Namche Bazaar

We had two glorious days at Namche Bazaar. Dipendra chose great accommodation for us throughout our EBC trek and we had a good rest in this splendid teahouse where we enjoyed delicious pasta, meats, and of course dhal baht. We spent the morning enjoying coffee and doing a bit of shopping.

What to do in Namche Bazaar

We explored Namche Bazaar and checked out its many shops. The streets are packed with shopping stalls and markets. We searched for gear that we missed getting in Kathmandu and got some great deals. We were surprised the prices weren’t inflated at Namche Bazaar.

We bought some down booties to keep our feet warm at night, a couple of sherpa hats, and a warmer set of gloves. The Everest Bakery was a highlight with delicious apple pie, fresh coffee, and WiFi. We had two pieces each!

But we took it very easy, making sure to stay hydrated and to eat enough food to stave off altitude sickness. Namche Bazaar is located at a high altitude of 3440 meters (11,286 feet). We already saw a woman suffering from altitude sickness. She was having her blood pressure taken and heart rate monitored and when she got up, she was staggering as she leaned on her guide.

Her Everest base camp trek had already come to an abrupt end. It reminded us to relax because the days ahead were going to be tough. So we went back to our teahouse to relax and prepare for the rest of our journey

The Acclimatization Hike for EBC Trek

Most high-altitude treks have at least one acclimation day . The Everest Base Camp trek is no exception. An acclimatization day consists of hiking to a higher altitude and then coming back down to sleep at a lower elevation. It gives your body a chance to adjust to the altitude but you don’t stay for long.

As you will be constantly gaining altitude on the Everest Trek, it is good to have at least one day to climb higher and sleep lower to help prevent altitude sickness.

Our acclimation hike took us to the Everest View Hotel. With an elevation gain of only 400 meters, it wasn’t too much higher than our hotel in Namche Bazaar, but it is enough to help acclimate to the high altitudes. Everest View Hotel offers amazing views of Mount Everest (hence the name). Plus it holds the Guinness book of world records as the highest hotel in the world.

It is not an easy day off though. Just walking through town takes your breath away. As we made our way up the steps, I wondered if I should have just stayed in bed and skipped the viewpoint to relax. When we started the climb I was breathing heavily just walking up a few flights of steps. We hadn’t even left Namche Bazaar and I was pooped!

Once we got on the trail, things became easier. The steep grade gave way to a sloping trail and I started to feel better. After one and a half hours of climbing, we reached what has to be the world’s highest airstrip at 3700 meters (12,139 feet). We arrive just in time to see a small plane take off.

First Views of Mt. Everest

It was here that we got to see our first breathtaking views of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains. We hiked a bit farther and there it was, standing quietly behind the other highest peaks of the earth. 

Lhotse, Changri, Ama Dablam, and Nuptse surround the mighty Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak. At 8414m (27,604 feet), 6027m (19,773 feet), and 7861m (25,790 feet) they are the little sisters of this sacred mountain. Mount Everest stands at 8848 meters (27,716 feet).

The deep Khumbu valley views were magnificent. The river wove far below, carving through the panorama of the white mountain tops. We walked a narrow trail snaking along the side of a steep mountain and suddenly realize “this trek has become real.” We were high in the Himalayas and one false move could mean catastrophe falling into the abyss below.

The sky was a deep blue and the white summits reached toward the billowing clouds. The view was so awe-inspiring it brought me to tears. Everything was so crisp and clear. During the EBC trek, you feel as if you could reach out and touch heaven.

The clouds rolled in quickly so it was time to go. The weather conditions change quickly on the Everest base camp hike, so it is good to have the experience of a guide leading us through all terrain and conditions. We went back to Namche Bazaar to relax and gain strength for the rest of the trek.

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) Everest View Hotel – 3880 meters (12,730 ft.) Elevation – Bounce of 440 meters (1443 feet) Duration – 3 hours return Elevation Gain – 0 km

Day 4 – Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

We awoke earlier than usual on Day 4. Two large group treks (Intrepid Travel and G Adventures) had checked into our lodge and we didn’t want to have to compete for service or breakfast. We also didn’t want to have to wait in line for the bathroom.

Lodges become more and more sparse as you go higher on the Everest Base Camp Trek and fewer toilets are shared between more people. Up until now, we hadn’t encountered crowds of people. It had been pretty quiet on the mountain and we liked it that way.

Luckily, we were a day ahead of the other tours. They had to stay in Namche Bazaar for another day to acclimate to the high altitudes, So we moved on to enjoy our EBC Trek free from crowds of people – for now.

Tenzing Norgay Memorial Stupa

During day 4 of the EBC trek, we hiked along trails clinging to the side of the mountain. The narrow trekking trails along this route were a little scary. They wound along the edge of the cliff with nothing but a sheer drop to the abyss into the Khumbu Valley. But we kept our wits about us putting one foot ahead of the other until we reached the Sherpa Monument.

Tenzing Norgay Sherpa monument was erected by the Norgay family. It is a stupa honoring Tenzing Norgay Sherpa and all the Sherpas that risked their lives to help climbers reach the summit of Mt. Everest.

All treks pass this monument and it is an important stop on the journey to pay respect to the famous Sherpa of the Everest region. In case you don’t know, Tenzing Norgay Sherpa was the first man to summit Everest along with Sir Edmund Hillary.

What is a Sherpa?

Sherpas are the unsung heroes of Mt. Everest. They do all of the hard work and technical work on the mountain. They carry the heavy loads, set the ladders and ropes to cross the Hillary Step and Khumbu Icefield for mountain climbers, and they take care of setting up camp while climbers and trekkers catch their breath and try to survive life on the world’s highest peak.

Difference Between a Sherpa and a Porter

Sherpas and porters are very different from one another. We learned that a Sherpa is actually the name of an ethnic group from Tibet. The original mountaineers hired Sherpas as their guides in the Himalayas and the world has now adopted the name for porters in the Everest region. If you aren’t born into the Sherpa ethnic group, you cannot be called a Sherpa. Porters are porters and Sherpas are Sherpas.

We were told that some porters, especially commercial porters carry up to 60kg (150 pounds) of supplies and gear to businesses located along the EBC trek. That is a lot of weight and we were very surprised. When climbing Mount Kilimanjaro , porters had a mandatory weight limit of 35kg. (77 pounds).

Dipendra told us that they get paid per kilo so some people push it too far. The Nepalese are a strong bunch but this is a lot to carry at such a high altitude no matter what shape you are in.

We kept our pack as light as possible at around 22kg (48 pounds) for Sher and we even felt bad about that! We have heard there is a 30kg (66lb) limit for Everest, but judging by what we saw other porters carrying on the Everest Base Camp hike, people were pushing it well beyond that.

We saw men carrying stacks of plywood with heavy white sacks loaded on top. We saw men carrying propane tanks, doors, and huge packs. What could people possibly need on the EBC Trek that they packed their packs so full? Read more: Packing List for Everest Base Camp Trek

Approaching Tengboche

The final push of our EBC Trek day 4 was to Tengboche Monastery. It was a tough yet steady 2-hour steep climb. We are now gaining altitude climbing above the tree line. We put our heads down and huffed and puffed our way up. We didn’t stop for any photos or videos and were surprised to cut the climb down to just one and a half hours.

We reached the prayer wheels of Tengboche Monastery just in time for light snow to start falling. We made it into our camp at Tengboche by 1:30 pm and had the entire afternoon to ourselves at 3900 meters (12795 feet). This is an excellent place on the Everest Base Camp hike to have some extra time to relax as there are a few special things to see and do.

Tengboche Monastery

We warmed our feet with our new down booties that we bought at Namche Bazaar and changed into some dryer clothes before heading off to see the monks chant at Tengboche Monastery. Our guide Dipendra told us that this is the most important monastery in the region. All climbers summiting the mountains stop at this monastery to be blessed by the monks.

We were allowed to watch the ceremony and to take in the warmth and blessings from the monks. It is a sacred place and all climbers and trekkers stop here before continuing up the mountains.

The footprints of Lama Pagna Dorje from the 16th century are embedded in solid stone in front of the monastery.  A place where he mediated and raced through the Himalayas riding the wind with his mind.

Apparently, he sat on this stone for so long, his feet left their mark. He spent years traveling the world through the power of his mind and we believe the story. Especially after our yoga experience in Goa India. He predicted that a monastery would be built here and surprise surprise…here it is.

The View from Tengboche Monastery

The view is magnificent from Tengboche Monastery. The valley is wide and opens up to massive rolling hills giving way to the highest peaks on earth. Plus it has a clear view of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains.

We were told that Sir Edmund Hillary came back to survey the peak of Mount Everest from this spot because the view is so clear of the mountain and we can understand why.

Accommodation – Basic Tea Houses at Higher Altitude

At this high elevation of the EBC trek, accommodation became very basic and rustic. We felt like true adventurers as we sat by the fire warming our feet and bonding with our fellow trekkers over our shared experience by candlelight.

There were 10 of us staying in this teahouse. All are sharing electricity to charge our camera batteries. Meals were now vegetarian and wood stoves were heated by yak dung. At this high altitude, meat cannot be transported fast enough to stay fresh and regular wood is scarce, so yak dung it is.

When we went to bed, our room was freezing. Rooms are not heated at higher elevations. We had our own room, but I sometimes wonder if sleeping in a dorm would have helped with more body heat. The temperature easily dipped down to -10 Celcius (14 degrees Fahrenheit) and our plywood walls didn’t offer a lot of comforts.

We tossed and turned all night long trying to keep our noses warm in our sleeping bags wearing our down jackets, thick socks, and thermal mid-layers.

It was so cold the scoop bucket for the shared squat toilet froze over forming a patch of ice to form on the floor. It was a slippery trip to the outhouse. Sadly, we always have to pee a lot during the night when sleeping at high altitudes so we visited that toilet a lot.

Hot Tip: Pay for hots showers at lower elevations You won’t regret it! We realized that we should have paid the 250 Rupees for the hot showers offered at the accommodation in Namche Bazaar. Now that the weather was so cold there was no way we could face a bucket bath in a freezing shed. Dave and I set a new record in these mountains of Nepal, 9 days without a shower!

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) above sea level Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) Elevation Gain – 420 meters (1378 feet) Distance – 9.3 km (5.77 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch and rest.

Day 5 – Tengboche to Dingboche

Day 5 of the EBC Trek was freezing!  We had an early wake-up call and morning came too quickly on the Tengboche leg of the EBC Trek. But, we awoke to a winter wonderland of fresh snow at the Tengboche Monastery and clear views of Lhotse peak.

The snow from the night before made for more incredible views on the hiking trails. As we started out from the lodge, the sky was crisp and clear, showing Mount Everest in all its glory. It was stunning, and in between gasping for air, we admired the view.

Today we walked to higher altitudes and saw our first trains of wooly yaks.  Yaks cannot survive at low altitudes because it is too warm for them, so you don’t see yaks on the Everest Base Camp hike until at least 3000 meters. (9800 feet) They are beautiful.

Yaks on the Trek to Everest Base Camp

Woolly yak trains were more frequent and by day five of the EBC Trek, we had our system perfected to give them the right of way without letting them nudge us off the mountain.

As we said earlier, it is important to give yaks space. They will run you right off the mountain if you are in their way. Be sure to stand on the mountainside as they pass so you don’t get knocked over the edge. The yaks of the Everest Base Camp trek, have only one thing on their mind. To get to their destination.

On this day, signs of expeditions going up to summit Everest started to go by as large groups of yaks carried giant loads of climbing gear. It is exciting to think that we were walking the same route as so many great mountain climbers, like Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa.

The Trek from Tengboche is breathtaking

I conquered what little fear of heights I had left this day. Some of the narrow paths on the route dropped sharply into the deep valley below. Soon we found ourselves walking along the ledge not thinking at all about the dangers below. We hiked for a couple of hours before stopping for tea at a restaurant in Pangboche.

There are shops, teahouses, and restaurants along the route so we could buy lunch along the way and one of the more popular stops is in the village of Pangboche. After a tea stop in Pangboche, we met a sweet lady that walked with us all the way to the village of Dingboche. Her name was Yangshou and she waited for us as we struggled up hills and crossed the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River.  

Her cute laugh and quiet prayers helped to pass the time. She stopped to talk to everyone on the trail while we plugged along. She’d fall far behind when she chatted with friends, only to quickly catch us and then scoot by us with ease. She must have enjoyed our company because we really slowed her down. “ Yangzhou, we will always remember your smiling face!

We spent the night in the village of Dingboche and wished that we had another night here. It is from here that you will see beautiful views of Island Peak and Lhotse, but it is also a good spot for another acclimatization day.

Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) above sea level Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) Elevation Gain – 550 meters (1804 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch, and rest.

Day 6 – Second Acclimatization Day at Dingboche

This is a day that most people spend acclimating to the high altitude. We did not do this day, but you should! So we are including it in the guide because it is a very important day when trekking to Everest Base Camp. If we were smarter, we would have spent 2 nights in the village of Dingboche where we would spend a day hiking up to Nagurjun Hill.

This is the best place for climbers looking to summit Everest, Ama Dablam (6812m), Lobuche peak (6,119 m), or Island Peak to do their acclimatization day. Dingboche is a small village in the Khumbu region with only a few guest houses, so it is a good time to relax, replenish and rejuvenate for the next push.

If we had brought our Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalayas (which we forgot in Kathmandu and kicked ourselves about it every day) we would have realized that we should have taken an extra day to acclimate in Dingboche.

Dipendra was flexible so he would have easily added another day onto our trek, we just didn’t know any better to ask about it. Lucky for us, we felt strong, but other groups were complaining of headaches and dizziness.

In the end, we wish we spent the extra day here. Some people even spend two days here climbing to the surrounding peaks. We did suffer after reaching base camp and I believe that is because we didn’t spend time acclimatizing here.

Had we stayed, we would have done some light hikes to gain altitude and then come back down to rest at a lower elevation. Many people who are set to climb Island Peak or Kala Patthar stay here for a few days to get some practice climbs in.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Nangkartshang Peak  – Altitude – 5050 meters (16568 feet) Climb – 640 meters (2099 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 4 hours Elevation Gain – 0

Day 7 – Dingboche to Lobuche

We walked with fellow trekkers we met at our guesthouse Martin and Richard from Slovakia during the morning hours. They carried their own packs and after watching them struggle, we were happy we hired a porter. (note: As of April 2023, you can no longer trek independently in Nepal) They were really starting to feel the altitude and we eventually left them behind.

We enjoyed our day taking photos of the stunning clear views of the Everest region. It may be a little colder trekking in Nepal at this time of year (Early March), but the skies are clear and blue. When we came across a small cluster of houses, we felt like we had entered the Kingdom of Middle Earth. Little Hobbit houses lined a valley with giant peaks looming overhead.

We had a front-row seat to some of the most breathtaking views on earth. An entire panorama of the mountains standing proudly overhead, reaching up to the deepest blue sky that I have ever witnessed. The scene took our breath away. The mountains looked more imposing with each corner we turned and we could not believe that we were fulfilling our dream of hiking to Everest.

We had to knock on the door to see if Bilbo Baggins happened to be in. Sadly, he wasn’t home. I ended up singing Leonard Nimoy’s Ballad of Bilbo Baggin s for the rest of the day. A bad idea since I only know a few words.

Weather Conditions

The wind picked up and we put on our outer layers for the first time. We were thankful to have them as we staggered through the high gusts. Weather varies greatly in the Everest Region and before you know it you can have inclement weather so be prepared with your layers. The sun can be shining one minute and then wind and clouds roll in the next.

After lunch, we faced quite the scramble up a steep hill littered with boulders. It looked like a tough climb, but we moved with ease and quickly made it to the top. Where we found our strength, I do not know.

Sherpa Monuments

At the top of the hill is a very moving sight. Several monuments and stupas are erected, honoring Sherpas and climbers that have lost their lives on Everest. The most notable of these is  Babu Chiri  Sherpa .

Babu Chiri Sherpa was the former world record holder of the fastest ascent of Everest, the most number of ascents up the mountain, and the quickest back-to-back summits of 2 in less than 2 weeks. He tragically lost his life on his 11th attempt when he fell into a crevasse.

It was a moving experience and a strong reminder to not take things lightly on Everest, even if you are only trekking to Everest Base Camp. It is still a serious trek.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Lobuche  – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) Elevation Gain – 530 meters (1738 feet) Distance – 17.6 km (10.9 miles) Duration – 4 to 5 hours

Day 8 – Morning – Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Day 8 on the Everest Base Camp Trek takes you to 5000 meters (16404 feet). How did we feel at 5000 meters? Terrible. Before entering Nepal, I had been suffering for a few weeks in India. The pollution of Kathmandu didn’t help and my congestion was worse when I started the climb. I thought it would clear up in the fresh air, but it intensified with each increase in altitude.

Every morning my cough got worse and my nose was stuffed up to the point of being unbearable. Today, I felt the effects of the congestion and couldn’t catch my breath. It didn’t help that we had gone into such a high altitude. The air is thin and cold.

Dave suffered his first symptoms of altitude sickness when reaching 5000 meters as well. He had a slight case of diarrhea and wasn’t happy about having to wait for the toilet in the teahouses. I think many people were suffering from the same symptoms.

Our was a slow climb to Gorak Shep. We stopped regularly to catch our breath and today we took more breaks than usual. Luckily it was only a couple of hundred meters in elevation gain so we made it to our guest house in Gorek Shep by 12:30.

Lobuche  – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) above sea level Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 224 meters (734 feet) Distance – 4.3 (2.6 miles) Duration – 4 Hours

Day 8 – Afternoon: Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

We took a break at Gorek Shep before making out way to Everest Base Camp. We sat in the sun marveling at the fact that we made it this far. After eating a hearty lunch of vegetarian Sherpa stew (Dal Bhat) on the terrace, (yes, we ate outside in the warm sun above 5100 meters) we set out for Everest Base Camp. The sun was shining brightly and it was quite pleasant outside so we were very excited.

We were lucky and had clear skies. Up until today, the clouds had rolled in by early afternoon every day. Today the sun shone and the skies were blue until sunset. So, it was our perfect morning to make the push.

The trek to Base Camp from Gorak Shep is an easy one. It’s two hours of walking with only a small elevation gain, and we made it with ease. That break for lunch really helped our spirits.

Reaching Everest Base Camp

People can summit Mount Everest from Tibet, but the main Everest Base Camp expedition route is in Nepal, and it is busy when the season is in full swing. Even those climbing to the peak of Mt Everest hike the route we took along the Everest Base Camp trek.

We arrived just a week or two before the season, so it was still quiet on the mountain. In fact, we were the only people at Base Camp that afternoon. We saw another group coming down on our way up, but once there we had it all to ourselves. It was thrilling.

To reach Everest base camp, you will hike out from nearby Gorak Shep and then hike back the same day to spend the night in the village. You do not spend the night at base camp.

Khumbu Glacier

The Khumbu Glacier is the first thing to come into view, and it is unbelievable to think that we are actually standing there. The Khumbu Glacier is the largest glacier in all of Nepal and is famous for the Khumbu Icefall. This treacherous sheet of ice is the most dangerous obstacle that climbers face when summiting Everest.

We witnessed an avalanche that reminded us just how precarious the climb to Mount Everest is. It is an intimidating sight and I cannot imagine having the courage to cross that field of ice. Climbers walk across ladders that shift and move as the ice is alive and constantly settling. It has taken many lives, and we were happy to look at it from afar.

With an elevation of 7600 meters at its source, the Khumbu Glacier is the highest glacier in the world and the Khumbu Icefall is one of the most dangerous portions of the climb to the summit of the world’s highest peak. We were happy to look at it from afar.

Everest Base Camp’s elevation is 5,364m (17,598 feet) so you will feel the high altitude. But, if you have taken your time you should feel pretty good. We had been at this elevation now for a while and stayed hydrated, so we could enjoy the experience.

We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Mount Everest Base Camp at 5364 meters. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, and snapping photos. If you can bear it, don’t rush the experience, take it in and enjoy every minute. This will be the only time you’ll see it.

Trekking to Everest may be more exciting later in the season when Everest expeditions are there, but we really liked having base camp to ourselves. There wasn’t a soul on the mountain except for the three of us. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, snapping photos, and marveling at the massive Khumbu Glacier. Can it really be true that we are here? It felt like a dream.

We finished our climb about two weeks before the high season began and we wouldn’t have it any other way. We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Everest Base Camp.

When it’s high season, base camp is filled with expeditions and tents spanning the valley. We only saw one expedition so far. They may have been here to climb Island Peak as base camp is also a place to acclimate for that peak.

We started to make our way back to Gorak Shep from Everest Base Camp at about 3:30 pm. Even though it was an easy trek back, there are narrow paths atop high ledges and it just so happens that while we were walking back, an ice bridge broke off after I stepped on it leaving Dave with a sticky situation of having to take one giant leap over a gorge. We made it back to Gorak Shep safely but it was a reminder just how dangerous the Himalayas can be.

Back to Gorak Shep

By the time we made it back to Gorak Shep, the excitement of reaching Everest base camp had worn off. We had reached our final destination Base Camp, but there was still a lot more trekking to go.

We were happy to have seen it, but we were exhausted. We felt the same when we climbed Mount Kilimanjaro. The thrill of reaching your destination is over and there is nothing more to look forward to, but there are still so many days to go.

That night I had serious sinus congestion and felt like I was suffocating in my freezing bed. It was quite scary to already be short of breath because of the altitude and then be completely congested. I really was terrified. Our guide Dipendra brought me hot tea all night and I slathered myself in Vicks Vaporub but nothing helped me to breathe easier.

I was afraid as we had the Gokyo Lake trek ahead through the Cho La Pass. We were also planning to trek up to Kala Pattar for the best views of Everest in the morning. I hope I could make it but I was also dreading the day ahead. I barely slept a wink but I finally drifted into a not-so-peaceful slumber.

Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Everest Base Camp Elevation – 5,364m (17,598 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 200 meters (656 feet) Distance – 3.5 km one way (2.1 miles) Duration – Three Hours Round Trip

Alternative Gokyo Lake Via Cho La Pass

The next morning after a terrible night, we gave up our plans of climbing Kala Patthar and then on to the Gokyo Lakes and Cho La Pass trek. Even though I wasn’t feeling dizzy, nauseous, or lightheaded anymore, the sinus congestion was really getting to me. At altitude a cold can turn serious quickly, you just can’t take a chance when altitude is involved.

But, if we were going to trek on, this would be the next stop. It is supposed to be beautiful and if you are feeling up to it, we highly recommend it. This makes the trek much more interesting as you get to take a different way back to Lukla.

Cho La Pass: Altitude 5420 meters (17,782 feet) Gokyo Ri: 5357 Meters (17,575 feet) Gokyo Lakes: 4,700–5,000 m (15,400–16,400 ft)

Day 9 – The Descent and Kala Patthar

Kala Patthar is a hill above Gorak Shep that offers the best views of Everest and is a must-stop on anyone’s Everest Base Camp trekking route. We had planned to climb to the summit of Kala Patthar, but my congestion was so bad, that we decided it was safer to get to a lower elevation quickly.

Kala Patthar is a quick two-hour trek to add to your descent back to Lukla. It is a good option if you are feeling up for it as it gives a great view of Mt. Everest. Make sure to start early morning before dawn as there is still a long day of trekking after summiting Kala Pattar. Plan on another five or six hours to your next overnight stop at Pheriche.

Kala Patthar to Pheriche – Afternoon

By the time you reach your accommodation at Periche, you should be feeling a lot better. Dave and I find that we are fine in the 4000-meter ranges of altitude and experience very few symptoms of altitude sickness. It is at 5000 meters and above that, we start to feel our symptoms. Periche is a much more manageable 4371 meters.

Kala Pattar: 5643 metres Pheriche: 4371 Meters Altitude Loss : 1272

Days 10 to 11 – The Descent from Everest Base Camp

It took us two days more to trek back from Everest Base Camp to our final destination on the EBC Trek. I started feeling better on the second day as the dryness of the Everest base camp disappeared. My sinuses cleared and soon I was breathing easily. I started to feel guilty about turning around, but in hindsight, I know it was the right choice. You never want to take a chance with altitude sickness.

Even though we were heading down, there is still a lot of altitude gain as the EBC trek doesn’t continuously go downhill. I was feeling really fatigued and we still had a tough couple of days ahead of us. But knowing there was light at the end of the tunnel made everything easier.

It takes a lot of mental stamina to climb back down as the euphoria of reaching the Everest base camp has worn off, but we made the most of it, by chatting with other trekkers and getting to know our guides better.

During our decent we could actually take our time to smell the roses or should I say enjoy the trekking trail that ran through the stunning rhododendron forest.

Rhododendrons are beautiful flowering plants that bloom in different shades of pink, red, white, and purple. The rhododendron forest is particularly prominent in the areas of Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, and Dingboche which we really didn’t notice until we made our way down the mountains.

We followed the route we came up with, but it was much faster and we stayed in different villages. The beauty of booking organized trips with a local guide is that our guide Dipendra knew the routes like the back of his hand, so he could change accommodations easily to suit our speed.

Day 12 – Lukla

We were back in Lukla early on day 12 of our EBC Trek and had an evening booked in a guest house here to catch the first flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu in the morning. As much as we loved our trip to Everest, we were excited to be moving on to explore more of Nepal.

The accommodation was pleasant with a lovely restaurant, hot shower, and warm and cozy beds. It was a great way to end the trip.

Day 13 – Return To Kathmandu Flight from Lukla Airport

It is very important to give yourself an extra cushion when booking your return flight not only home from Kathmandu but from Lukla. We stayed overnight in Lukla on the final night of our trek and booked a flight to Kathmandu for first thing the next morning.

It is not uncommon for flights to be canceled or delayed flying out of Lukla Airport. Weather conditions change quickly. So give a bit of a cushion when booking your flight home from Nepal after you’ve finished your trek to Everest Base Camp. Many a traveler has missed their connecting flights home from Kathmandu because of delays in Lukla. It is safer to plan to spend a night or two in Kathmandu after your trek.

We were delayed an entire day. Even though we were booked on the first flight from Lukla, the weather made us wait until near sunset. We were the first (and only) flight out that day, so everyone else who was waiting for their flights all day was stuck another night.

It was a bumpy flight back to Kathmandu and we almost wished that we didn’t make it on the flight. The turbulence was so bad, I was sure we were going to drop out of the sky.

Everyone on the flight was silent as we were tossed about dropping huge amounts of elevation at a time. But we landed and we have never been so happy to arrive in Kathmandu. We kissed the ground, thankful to have trekked to Everest Base Camp, but vowed to never do it again.

Accommodation – Tea Houses on Everest Base Camp

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our trip were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags.

But as we ventured higher, the stoves were less abundant and instead of wood, they burned yak dung. You heard me, Yak Dung. Wood can’t burn in thin air, so they use yak dung to heat the teahouses at high elevations. Rooms are not heated so when we went to our rooms, we had to wear hats, thick socks, puffy coats, and long johns.

There were charging stations at the accommodation for electronics and we paid by the hour for electricity.

  • We highly recommend taking a portable USB charger to charge your own electronics.
  • We also used a solar USB charger that recharged during the day as we hiked.

Meals on Everest Base Camp

Because we booked an all-inclusive Everest Base Camp trek with Simrik Real Nepal tour company, all meals and snacks were included with our accommodation. Each evening, hearty meals were served that included pasta, rice, or Dal Bhat. Dal Bhat is the staple food of Nepal consisting of lentils, vegetables, steamed rice, and curry.

For the first few days, meat was served at meals, but as you climb higher, meals turned to vegetarian as it is more difficult to get the meat up the mountains.

Prayer Flags and Prayer Wheels – EBC Trek Etiquette

We saw many prayer wheels, prayer flags, and prayer rocks (mani stones) all along the trail to Everest. Everest is a sacred mountain and these monuments help give luck to the climbers on the mountain. There are customs to be followed when approaching prayer rocks or prayer wheels.

How to properly trek around prayer Wheels and Prayer Rocks

  • When approaching a prayer rock, it is important to walk to the left of the prayer rocks (mani stones) in a clockwise direction. The stone on the right means you are on the “right hand of God.”
  • When using prayer wheels, you walk along and spin them to ask for blessings for the climb ahead.
  • Sherpas and locals spin prayer wheels saying the mantra “ Om Mani Padme Hum” giving blessings to the climb ahead.
  • The prayer flags have prayers and mantras written on them which are believed to carry messages of positivity and to spread goodwill and compassion they are carried by the wind.

Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness is a very real possibility on the EBC Trek. On average 3-5 people die each year doing the trek to Everest base camp. Make sure to keep an eye out for signs of Acute Mountain Sickness. Acute Mountain Sickness is life-threatening and early symptoms include nausea, headache, and vomiting. It can lead to death. The Best way to alleviate symptoms is to go down to a lower elevation.

If you start to feel dizzy, have a pounding headache, or if you start to vomit go down to a lower altitude as quickly as possible. Take your time climbing, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Drink plenty of fluids, try to eat, and rest regularly. It is better to walk slowly and steadily rather than rushing at high altitudes. And when you get to your accommodations each day, relax as much as possible.

It can be dangerous trekking to Everest Base Camp from falling off the mountain to succumbing to altitude sickness. Some people have simply disappeared. Hiring a guide is a good option (and now the only option) for safety and it is very important to look for signals of altitude-related sickness.

But the Everest basecamp trek isn’t nearly as dangerous as climbing to the summit of Mt Everest. In 2019, 11 people died while trying to summit Mount Everest.

The village of Lukla is located at a high elevation so you will feel the effects of the thin air as soon as you land. The elevation of Lukla, Nepal is 2869 meters (9,350 feet). We were short of breath and already feeling fatigued upon landing. So instead of immediately starting our trek, we had a hot breakfast at one of the many restaurants in Lukla.

Travel Insurance for Everest Trek

We always travel with travel insurance on our travels, but hiking to Everest Base Camp will not be covered by regular insurance providers. It is highly recommended to get supplemental comprehensive travel insurance that offers trip cancellation insurance, and medical evacuation insurance.

Medjet is a good option for medical evacuation insurance and is a good addition to your regular travel insurance. There is a very real possibility of altitude sickness and we knew of two people that needed helicopter rescues during our trek.

World Nomads offers specific Everest Base Camp Insurance. You can check them out to get a quote. I would suggest a combination of World Nomads travel insurance and Medjet medical evacuation insurance. Regardless of what travel insurance you choose, be sure to call them directly to ask for specific advice about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

For a trip like Everest Base Camp, you will want to make sure to have trip interruption and trip cancellation insurance as well as lost luggage. This is a trip of a lifetime, so make sure you have a backup plan.

Can you Trek Independently to Everest Base Camp?

As of April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March, “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Regardless, we loved hiring a local guide to make oure experience richer, to support the local economy and to feel safer hi

  • Our all-inclusive Everest Base Camp Trek through the Simrik Real Nepal included return flights from Lukla, food, lodging, guiding, and all permits and paperwork.
  • We didn’t have to search for accommodation at the end of each day of trekking
  • We had English-speaking guides and a porter.
  • We had our own room, but you can also share rooms on the EBC Trek
  • We never worried about the cost of meals. They were all prepaid.
  • And our guide (Dipendra) and porter were part of the package for the trip.

Costs for Everest Base Camp Trek

Prices can vary greatly for trekking to Everest Base Camp. You can contact Simrik Real Nepal for up to date prices.

  • Booking with an international agency can cost from $1800 – $5000 USD
  • Booking with a local agency and be anywhere from $1400 – $2500

W hen is the Best time to Trek to Base Camp?

The high season for treks is April to May and October to November. We climbed in early March and felt that it was the perfect time of the year. The weather was beautiful, the skies were clear and the official climbing season hadn’t picked up yet. So we had a lot of the mountain to ourselves. We had heard stories of how busy the trail is, but at this time of year, it was quite deserted.

But a week and a half after our trek started as we made our way back to Lukla, it was already busier. We saw a lot of parties climbing up and the trail was getting congested. I can only imagine how packed the trails are during the high season.

What to Pack For Your Everest Base Camp Trek

Layering is extremely important when trekking to Everest Base Camp. This is a quick guide for clothing but we wrote a complete packing guide for base camp here .

Make sure to have a day pack to carry the important items and layers that you will need for your day of trekking for the entire trek. Your porter will carry everything else.

  • 2  quick drying long sleeved  base layer shirts
  • 2 trekking shirts short sleeve
  • 2 Thermal Base Layer – 2 leggings/2shirts
  • 2 liner socks
  • 3 pairs of  woolen blend trekking socks
  • 2 pairs of trekking pants with zip-off bottoms
  • 2 fleece sweaters – one lightweight, one heavier
  • Outer windproof jacket and pants
  • 2 water bottles to fill regularly
  • Steripen or Lifestraw – this is great for purifying water
  • Portable USB Charger
  • Basic First Aid Kit – A first aid kit is important to have but your guide, they will have one as well.
  • Warm sleeping bag. If you don’t have a sleeping bag rated to below zero, we recommend renting one from your guding company.

Treats and Medication

  • Tang – I was glad we packed Tang for our water. It made it taste better, keeping us well-hydrated. We didn’t really want to drink just water, but the Tang (which we bought in Kathmandu) was actually delicious. Gatorade or another electrolyte-replenishing drink is a great idea.
  • Diamox – (You can buy this in Kathmandu without a prescription) I highly recommend using Diamox tablets for altitude sickness as well. We met so many people suffering from headaches, dizziness, and fatigue and they weren’t taking anything. We’ve always used Diamox when climbing to altitude and it has worked beautifully for us.
  • Chocolate – When we were feeling ill, we were happy to have chocolate to eat. It was the only thing that we could eat at times.

How to Get Fresh Water on An Everest Trek

We recommend two refillable water bottles per person that can be refilled along the way. You can fill up anywhere for free along the Everest Base Camp route, but make sure you have a SteriPen or some other form of water purification with you. We love the SteriPen for purifying water, see our review here.

You can also use the LifeStraw or water purification tablets , but once we discovered the SteriPen , we never went back. See our complete Packing a Travel First Aid Kit here

Do You Need Climbing Experience for Everest Base Camp Trek?

There is no need for any technical climbing experience to make it to Everest Base Camp. If you are relatively fit, it is very doable. But it is a full two weeks at a sustained altitude of over 4000 meters.

We didn’t train for our Everest Base Camp Trek but we had been to altitude before and had spent a lot of time backpacking leading up to the months prior. It’s good to know how your body reacts to altitude. We suggested doing a couple of treks above 3000 meters (9000 feet) to see how your body reacts.

Hot Tips for Trekking to EBC

  • Keep your camera batteries close to your body when not in use. The cold and altitude really eat up battery life, so you will want to keep them warm for as long as you can.
  • Bring USD, ATM Fees are high and you are limited to the amounts you can take out of the ATM, so have ISD to exchange instead.
  • Pack handi wipes and Gold Bond Powder – it’s a lifesaver when you can’t get hot showers.
  • See our Full list of Everest Base Camp Tips here.

How to Get to Everest Base Camp

There are daily flights to Kathmandu International Airport from international hubs around the world.

Where to Book Your Everest Base Camp Trek

We booked our trek in Kathmandu with Local Guide Dipendra of Simrik Real Nepal.  If you are looking for a local guide he is an excellent choice with nearly 20 years of experience in the mighty Himalayas.

Prices for the Everest base camp trek cost can vary depending on where you book. Group tours booked in North America will charge more. Ranging from $1500 – $5000 USD

You can save a lot of money by booking a local guide as you will cut out the middleman prices. Having a local guide let us know our money was going directly to the Nepal economy. Check with Simrik Real Nepal for current prices.

How Much to Tip Guides and Porters for an EBC Trek

Guides and porters in Nepal do not make a lot of money and rely on tipping. When we take tours of any kind, we (ourselves) tip 15% – 20% but that is a part of our culture in North America, we are quite large tippers and realize that others are not comfortable with that. We’ve done a lot of research and gone by what our tour companies have suggested on other tips, what we feel is a fair tip and what the average is across the internet.

For tipping in Nepal we have broken down the cost for a guide and porter.

Guide – Tipping – 10% – 15% of the total cost of the trip. We find this the easiest to figure out. If you paid $2000 for your trek, the lead guide should receive $200 – $300

Guide per day – Some suggest $10 – $15 per day per person for guides – For a 14 day trek that means you would tip your guide $140 – $210.

Porters per day – $5 – $10 per day per person for porters. – $70 – $140 for your porter.

We like to start at 15% of the total cost of our trips to give to the guides and then pay the porters a daily fee of $10.

If you can afford to trek to Everest Base Camp, you should be able to tip your guides and porters who have worked so hard accordingly.

Daily Life in the Everest Region of Nepal

While trekking to Everest we passed through many picturesque villages. The people are friendly and life goes on as it would in any community in Nepal. People do well in the Khumbu Region and they respect the tours passing through because the tourists are what keep them going. 

There is electricity from the water that they harness from the Imja Khola River and Dudh Kosi River; two rivers that run through the trek. They also have solar power for electricity as well. There are schools, fresh running water, televisions, a health clinic, and bars.

That is not to say that life is all roses. It is a remote region of Nepal and it is difficult to get any supplies in. Food and equipment need to be carried into villages on foot. Porters carry heavy loads on their backs and women and children also do the heavy lifting. Everything needs to be carted in by hand or by animals. Check out our tips for climbing to Base Camp

How Long Does it Take to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The Everest base camp trek takes 12 – 14 days to climb including two acclimatization days. Treks can be done in 11 days and it is not uncommon for trips to take 15 days to allow for more acclimatization.

How Difficult is it to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Trekking to Everest Base Camp requires good fitness. You spend several days at a sustained altitude of more than 4000 meters (16,404 feet). Altitude sickness is a genuine possibility, it is important to take your time, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Can you trek to Everest Base Camp on your own?

As of April 1, 2023 the government states that all high altititude treks require a guide, but then after some backlash, they made an exception for the Everest region. However, we highly recommend hiring guides and porters . You can trek the region yourself carrying your own packs and gear, but you have a much better chance of making to base camp (and enjoying the experience) if you hire guides.

How Long is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The trek is 63km (39 miles) each way . 126 km (78 miles) round trip from Lukla. Expect to hike anywhere between 7 to 17 km per day.

And that is a day-by-day breakdown of our experience on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek. If you plan ahead and understand what to expect on the EBC Trek, you will be sure to have an amazing journey.

It’s an experience we’ll never forget and highly recommend it to everyone. The Himalayan Mountains are the most beautiful and spiritual place on earth and this trip will change your life.

Read More about travel to Nepal and things to do in Kathmandu before your trek

  • Flight to Lukla
  • Packing list for Everest Base Camp
  • Remarkable Everest Base Camp Trek in Photos
  • 30 Tips for Trekking to Everest Base Camp
  • Nepal Travel Guide
  • Top 6 Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal
  • Where to Eat in Kathmandu – Eight Great Spots to Indulge After Your Trek
  • The Ultimate Travel Songs Playlist to Inspire Wanderlust

Dal Bhat photograph courtesy of Wikimedia – I don’t know why we never took a photo of our Dal Bhat. We ate it nearly every day while trekking to Everest Base Camp. You’ll either learn to love it or despise it.

  • Inca Trail – Machu Picchu Hiking Tips – How To Hike the Inca Trail
  • Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Kilimanjaro – How Hard is It?
  • Top 13 Best Treks in Nepal to Help you Choose The Right Trek for you
  • Trolltunga Hike – Trekking to Norway’s Most Famous Landmark
  • The Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Fuji

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO . 

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

  • Allianz - Occasional Travelers.
  • Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

You May Also Like

30 Beautiful and Best Hikes in the World

24 Best Hikes in the USA to Add to Your Bucket list

Weekend Warriors – 14 Awesome Hobbies to Turn You Into an Adventurer

About The Planet D

Dave Bouskill and Debra Corbeil are the owners and founders of The Planet D. After traveling to 115 countries, on all 7 continents over the past 13 years they have become one of the foremost experts in travel. Being recognized as top travel bloggers and influencers by the likes of Forbes Magazine , the Society of American Travel Writers and USA Today has allowed them to become leaders in their field.

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

53 thoughts on “Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024”

Beautiful article! You have shared a thrilling journey with us till the end. It will definitely be useful for us trekkers. Thanks for the great pictures, videos, and useful tips!

This is a fantastic and unique post! After reading it, I learned a lot about Basecamp that I didn’t know before. Excellent article! That is true adventure, and conquering Mount Everest is without a doubt the goal of all hikers around the world. Keep up the excellent work. Thank you for providing this information.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal.

Hi There, Great Article! That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt. Keep up the good work. Thanks for sharing.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank You so much for writing such an efficient article on Everest Base Camp Trek.

That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Loved reading all your posts, really good insights here into Everest Base Camp ! Looking forward to read more.

Nice article on trekking best of luck for your new journeys

Dear Dave and Deb Namaste It is really beautiful article regards of Everest base camp trek in Nepal. Your article provides a lot details of the EBC trek. I’m sure your blog helping lot to organize other trekkers.

Excellent article. Everest Base camp is in my bucket list but I haven’t attempted because I’m prone to sickness quickly. Reading this article has triggered the interest even more. Thank you so much for explaining in detail about EBC trek. I hope One day I too can share my experience 🙂

Hey, I love trekking, I went last month with my friends in Nepal after reading your blog the memory are refreshed Thank you for sharing

Namaste, Dave and Dave, Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal. And also glad to read that why not support the local economy by hiring a guide and porter… I salute to your positive view. Visit Nepal anytime.

It is very interesting to read this Everest base camp trekking. I love trekking and i am excited very to do this base camp trekking once. Thanks for sharing.

This popped up in my inbox I love the way you break down your travel itinerary this way. I’m one of those people that love to know every detail of a place before travelling there myself. Another place to add to the list, thanks to you guys! Beautiful photographs.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce a terrific blog of your trek to EBC. I really appreciate being able to experience what it is going to be like before I actually arrive.

Everest is the highest mountain. It is at the Zenith. Most of the people just a dream of it.Very useful information. Thanks for sharing with us.

Excellent article !! Thanks for sharing such a great informative post it really helpful and amazing so keep it up and all the best………….

this was just amazing… keep sharing

The post was very informative. If you love adventure and treks you should definitely visit Nepal, it’s gonna be a life time experience. This post will really help people who are planning their next trek to Everest base camp. If you are planning your next trek to Nepal, North Nepal Trek can help you to make your trek much easier and will give you unique experience.

All of your photos are just awesome. Information is perfect.

Such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Thanks for sharing your experience with us.

This is really a very good blog post and thanks for sharing it with the community

It’s an informative post and I was thinking how you backpack for the weather? There are many things that somewhere can’t be cope at altitude like a sickness. I remember I scare when I attempt sky diving in Dubai. It’s was a wonderful experience but I have a fear of altitude places.

I have read about it but never tried. I am glad that at least i am reading such an informative article that clearly shows experience of treking over there. It might so much exciting and filled with happiness because seeing something like that would always be more of fun and achieving some of our own. Would love to try it once for sure!

Hi guys. Nice blog. Very informative. I just wonder, how did you prepare for the weather? How did you acclimatise so that you can cope with thr danger of altitude sickness? It is the ine thing that scares me to try to trek on high altitude places. To climb Kilimanjaro and to reach the EBC are in my bucket list. I’m hesitant because of my fear that I might die from cold temperature and altitude sickness.

Dress in layers, and drink plenty of water. You will want to bring DIamox with you and take it. You can get it in Kathmandu, or go to a travel clinic before leaving home. You won’t die from cold temperatures at Base Camp if you have a proper guide, and dress properly. The real dangers are if you are summitting Everest, that’s when you can get into problems, but Base Camp is very doable for anyone that is physically fit. If you don’t have the gear, you can buy winter coats, boots etc in Kathmandu. But we do recommend breaking in your boots beforehand, so you should buy those before you leave home and wear them a lot. Get warm, waterproof breathable boots with wool socks and bring several pairs. We have a guide to winter base layers to avoid the deep freeze here: https://theplanetd.com/layering-tips-for-cold-weather-travel/

Loved reading all your posts, some really good insights here into EBC! You mention putting your hair in braids, why is that? Is it because of the sweat? Is it windy so it gets knotted up? Just curious as I am doing this trek in a week and am open to all tips ?

Yes, hair can get really matted due to wind, dryness and lack of showering. The Braids kept it from matting up like dread locks. Have a great time!

Long hair can get very matted almost like dread locks. It’s becuase there aren’t a lot of chances to shower after Namche Baazar, the wind, sweat and dryness from altitude really takes its toll on both hair and skin and the braids, keep the hair from matting and breaking off.

Great read! Just curious. what time of year did you go to avoid the masses of tourists?

Thanks for sharing articles and videos it will be helpful to all people those wants to go Mount Everest.

This is just amazing and knowing each and every experience that we will have while travelling is another aspect that made me read this article fully. I am in Dubai now on a trip and would surely try to visit this place i could. I should consider the right time and other things roo. I must thank you for this wonderful piece.

Such a great journey you have shared from start to finish and your presentation is also impressive. I would love to follow these things when I will go for a camp tour.

Regards, Ronit

Your Video is superb, I feel your treking experience in this article. worth to read it.

Wow what an wonderful place is this. Want to trek this place in my life.

Great article, thanks, surprised at the early time of year you did the trek, but sounded ideal – any other good write-ups or links discussing the pros and cons of going in the spring vs fall? …weather, landscape, crowded w/ other trekkers, festivals, etc Thanks!

I am looking forward for this kind of base camp.

What an excellent post!! Thank you so much for an informative article and personal feel. This is very helpful and inspiring for my upcoming trek to Everest Base Camp.

There is so great view in pictures.it’s useful and helpful for the trekkers .i like these types of views .and tourist are also love these types of views.

Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Nice Articles and sharing a good details of Everest base camp and amazing photos. I will try to go this year Nepal and go to Everest Base Camp.

Great post. I am doing the Everest Base Camp trek in October. I completed the Annapurna Circuit in 2012 and loved it. Nepal is a such a lovely place and the people are amazing. Thanks for sharing!

Wow congratulations on your trip and everything looks really cool. I would love to do the same! Did you train a lot before you went there? Did you prepare physically? I don’t know how fit I have to be to be able to take on such a travel. Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Hi Marus, we didnt’ train a lot before. We were traveling a lot though. Before heading to Nepal we spent 4 months traveling Sri Lanka and India. We did a yoga retreat and a lot of hiking and walking, but we didn’t do any proper training. We were in relatively good shape. It’s mostly just a long uphill hike. The difficulty is being at altitude for a sustained amount of time. It affects everyone differently. Some people can be in tip top shape, but not do well at altitude and vice versa. So, it’s best to take it slow and steady, drink plenty of fluids and pay attention to how you are feeling.

All your photos are simple awesome and your posts are speaking a lot of useful information. Thank you for sharing this article.

Thanks for your beautiful video. I fell a little up lifted seeing this. I believe one of the prayer flags is for a lady I knew. Inspiring. I wish I would have done adventurous things like this when I was young. Young people don’t put off adventure.

I’m glad I read this. This is something I have always wanted to do but have been a little nervous to think about doing it when the climbing season is in full swing. The time of year you went and the company you chose make a lot of sense! Thanks for sharing.

The views are amazing!! I love adventure, but I would definitely need to build up my stamina to do the Everest Base Camp trek. It looks like it was an awesome experience for you!

Wow, what a beautiful experience. Your photos are amazing!

-Siggi The Voyaging Viking

Amazing! Can’t wait to check this off my list!

Thanks for writing this.

Thank you for sharing these helpful tips. Your post has given me some great ideas. Thanks again for the valuable information!

The Explorer's Passage Logo

Everest Base Camp Trek – 13 Things to Know for Your Trip in 2024

A trekker on the hike to Everest Base Camp admires the mountain views next to prayer flags

Just a mention of the Everest Base Camp Trek (EBC) in Nepal is usually enough to stir the soul of hikers all over the world. Thousands of aspirational ramblers have gained valuable experience on this Himalayan route. Some see this hike as a rite of passage for all true trekkers. Others go on this trek because it’s a ticket to the soaring roof of the world, where an up-close encounter with the highest summit of all awaits. The Everest Base Camp in Nepal itself sits at an impressive 17,598 feet (5,364m) high, but more on its impressive heights later on.

Whatever your reason for wanting to strike the Everest Base Camp Trek from the bucket list this year or the next, this guide can help in your pursuit. It will run through all the basics of this iconic trekking route between Namche Bazaar and EBC in Nepal, detailing the best time of year to go, what sort of challenges can be expected along the way, what trekking gear you’ll need on such a trip, and so much more. Find answers to the most frequently asked EBC Trek questions here. Dive in!

Our experience on the Everest Base Camp Trek

Like many, we began offering the trek to Everest Base Camp largely because of its reputation as one of the most extraordinary adventures on the planet. As soon as our team set foot on this legendary path we could instantly see why it was the case. Travelers of all stripes, all nationalities, join together on this true Himalayan adventure. The EBC Trek has the feel of a true expedition as you fly into the small airport at Lukla and take your first steps on the wooded trail towards the small village of Namche Bazaar.

namche-bazaar-ebc-trek

For me, Nepal is unlike any country I have visited. On my visit to this culturally rich and diverse nation I felt like I had entered into a new world. With the influences of both Buddhism and Hindi, the capital city of Kathmandu provides a window into the beautiful culture and history of the Nepalese people and bags you to explore more of this remarkable country.

What’s in this guide?

  • Where is Everest Base Camp (EBC)?
  • History of Everest Base Camp
  • How long is the trek to EBC?
  • Is it worth it? Things to see & costs
  • How hard is the trek? Terrain, elevation, and altitude
  • Food on the Everest Base Camp Trek
  • Accommodations on Everest Base Camp
  • When’s the best time to go? Temperatures & weather
  • What gear and equipment should I pack?
  • Should I use a porter service?
  • Getting there
  • Travel visas and permits
  • A typical Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

1. Where is Everest Base Camp (EBC)?

There are actually two base camps for Everest trekking: the North Base Camp in Tibet and the South Base Camp in Nepal. The Nepalese camp in the Khumbu region is the Everest Base Camp that most people talk about, and the endpoint of this legendary trek. It’s tucked away at the end of a long valley that carves through the Himalayas after splitting at the Sherpa village of Dingboche. The formidable Khumbu Icefall – the first obstacle for those attempting a summit push to Everest – begins right on the doorstep of the camp, leading up to the Western Cwm (also known as the Valley of Silence) and the peaks of Lhotse and Nuptse. 

2. History of Everest Base Camp

Climbing on Mount Everest started at the beginning of the 1920s, when a team led by George Mallory (who some think may well have been the first person to reach the summit) came to map out the north face. However, Mallory and his team never established a permanent base camp on their trips, and the north route was all but shut when China invaded Tibet in 1949. 

Then came the conquering expedition of Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay . It took place on the south slopes in Nepal. Hillary and Norgay realized it made more sense to have a place to store supplies at the base of the mountain rather than trek the whole length of the Khumbu Valley whenever they needed gear. Thus, Everest Base Camp was born.

3. How long is the trek to EBC?

The Everest Base Camp Trek may be the single most famous trek in Asia, and arguably the world. Some say its booming popularity is the trek’s own worst enemy, and it’s true that the trail has suffered from overcrowding and some pollution in recent years. However, nothing can take away from the thrilling sense of adventure that comes with climbing towards the edge of the world’s highest peak. That reaches a fever pitch in the early days of your hike, when you’ll catch a jaw-dropping broadside of Mount Everest from a lookout on the south side of Ama Dablam.

ama-dablam-nepal-trekking

Distance 

The rewards of the trek don’t come so easily. EBC is a high-altitude path that requires considerable acclimatization over a good distance. You’ll typically need 12-14 days of full-on trekking (that’s right, your “rest days” involve walking too!) to complete the 80-mile (130km) roundtrip that starts from Lukla. 

This distance is roughly divided into individual daily sections of 8-10 miles (13-16km), but the reason the whole adventure takes so many days is because it needs to be broken down into bite-sized chunks due to the altitude with acclimatization and rest days mixed in. Most itineraries will leave enough time to complete each leg on any given day at well below the average trekking pace. 

Walking times

Most walkers find that they hike a maximum of 8 hours each day, though that can go up a little when you reach the higher altitude sections of the route – not just because of the physical challenge, but because you’ll be stopping often to take in all the breathtaking views! 

4. Is it worth it? Everest Base Camp trip highlights & costs

The joy is in the journey here, as you trek further up to gaze from the roof of the world. Some of the best sightings of the famous Everest arguably come during the Everest Base Camp Trek itself, from various lookout points along the way. These magnificent views combined with mystical monasteries and Sherpa villages offer a host of intriguing trip attractions en route. For me, the best highlights of the trek are:

  • Kala Patthar (Kalapathar) – Roughly translates to “Black Rock”. Detour to this soaring lookout point that’s 18,208 feet (5,550m) up on the ridges above Gorak Shep . It’s a real challenge (think a 1,640-feet / 500-meter ascent in 2 hours) but is hailed by many as the best view over Everest, with the Khumbu Icefall crashing through the valley below.

kala-patthar-ebc-trek

  • Gorak Shep (Gorakshep) – A settlement that seems at the end of the world, this tiny town is the heartland of the Sherpa people and sits at the base of Kala Patthar.
  • Sagarmatha National Park Museum – You’ll encounter this one very early on in the trek during your rest day in Namche Bazaar. It’s worth the climb to its perch above the village, mainly because the forecourt has incredible views of Everest and Nuptse – your first glimpse of the great mountain. Inside, you can learn all about the unique culture of the Khumbu Sherpa people .

sherpa-man-khumbu-nepal

  • Tengboche Monastery (Thyangboche Monastery or Dawa Choling Gompa) – The largest Buddhist gompa in the valley of Everest, Tengboche Monastery is a pitstop for determined trekkers bound for the summit. They come to light candles and ask for blessings.

tengboche-monastery-himalayas

  • Nangkar Tsang / Dingboche Viewpoint – Above the town of Dingboche, this detour off the main route is good acclimatization trekking and offers a panorama that takes in the Khumbu Glacier and the whole Imja Khola Valley. 

dingboche-everest-base-camp-trekking-tour

With so much natural beauty to be experienced, how much will it set you back? When it comes to pricing, costs of the Everest Base Camp Trek can range widely but the best all-inclusive tour packages start at around US$4,295 (including domestic flights to/from the trek start point) . If this number is giving you sticker shock, don’t let it deter you from the trip of a lifetime to Nepal, because my team at The Explorer’s Passage is always here to work with you and your preferences to craft a trip that fits your needs .

5. How hard is the trek? Terrain, elevation, and altitude

So just how difficult is the trek to Everest Base Camp? To answer this, you’ll have to consider the terrain and heights of EBC. Your physical fitness also plays a factor in the perceived difficulty of this adventure. Based on our Trip Activity Level Guide , we classify this trek as an advanced level, but you may be glad to know that no technical training or mountaineering experience is required. 

Not sure if this Himalayan adventure is right for you? Contact us and we’ll walk you through details on the physical demands, recommended training, and more so you can make an informed decision.

The Everest Base Camp hike graduates from the alpine surroundings at the south end of the Sagarmatha National Park to the scree-covered ridges of ancient moraines in the final push towards the trekking finish line. The first sections are easier in terms of terrain but more difficult because they are constantly steep. You’ll notice this in the ascent from Lukla to Namche Bazaar, and then again from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. The path there is largely shaded by pine and ironwood forests, muddy when wet but also interspersed with rocks wedged into the ground. You’ll stroll across suspension bridges to cross most rivers.

khumbu-icefall-himalayas-nepal

After the first few days of your trip, you’ll see that the trekking path levels a little as it skirts a wide, flat valley with the mighty Himalayas looming on all sides. This is where you lose the tree cover for good, so be sure to have the sunscreen handy. It’s rock and grit underfoot until you near Gorak Shep. There, the route sort of merges with the great pebble and rock moraine at the end of the Khumbu Icefall. It’s normal to find snow coverage in those parts, especially if you’re trekking between November and March.  

Elevation and altitude

How high is Everest Base Camp? Well, altitude is commonly travelers’ biggest challenge on this tall trek. As mentioned before, you’re going to have to clock up a hefty 17,598 feet (5,364m) above sea level. You’ll manage 9,400 feet (2,865m) at the EBC trailhead, which is taken care of by the flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. The rest is up to your legs. You’ll knock out about 1,800 feet (549m) by climbing to Namche Bazaar. After that, days on the trail (not including acclimatization days) average around 1,200-1,600 feet (366-488m) in elevation gain, though it’s on less-steep paths once you cross the tree line around Tengboche. Everest Base Camp elevation is no joke and can be difficult for some. 

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) – the mildest form of altitude sickness – is certainly a risk here. It can affect anyone over altitudes of 8,000 feet (2,438m), but usually has severe impacts at higher levels. Since the EBC Trek reaches altitudes of more than double the height where AMS can possibly kick in, there are usually two full acclimatization days planned in – one in Namche Bazaar and the another in Dingboche or Lobuche. These days aren’t for resting but instead used to climb high and then descend to sleep at lower altitudes, a common practice that’s known to help the body acclimate to conditions at higher elevations.  

Don’t be surprised if your Everest Base Camp Trek guide constantly reminds you to drink enough water as it’s another way to combat AMS. Once you hit the higher altitude parts of the path, you can typically expect your guide to be prepared with a supply of oxygen, should you need it. You might also want to consider packing an AMS medication like Diamox on your trip to Nepal. 

Even seasoned alpinists find the trip a challenge and lots of climbers struggle with Acute Mountain Sickness. Just remember: no pain, no gain on this most incredible of trails! On this trip, you’ll see the sheer majesty of the Nepalese Himalayas up close and scale to viewpoints that are simply some of the best you’ll ever hike to.

6. Food on the Everest Base Camp Trek

All that trekking is going to work up a serious appetite, you can be sure of that. Thankfully, EBC teahouses tout some decent grub for when it’s time to refuel. Don’t be surprised to find that the menus are virtually identical the whole way along, even if the dishes themselves vary greatly with the whims of different chefs up and down the trip route.

nepalese-food-dal-bhat-ebc-trek

Common dishes include:

  • Dal bhat – The most popular EBC meal of all. Every hiker who’s done the route has warmed up with this spicy lentil stew at least once. It’s usually served with rice and chapati flatbread.
  • Egg and fries – A hearty option for those feeling really hungry, this one includes hand-cut, fried potatoes and a double-egg omelette.
  • Shyakpa ( Sherpa stew ) – A classic favorite of sherpas in Nepal and a great vegetarian option that’s basically broth with cut potatoes, carrots, and other root vegetables.
  • Pizza – Some teahouses try their hand at pizza. We’ll let you be the judge of whether or not the Italians would be proud.  

Is your mouth watering yet? These dishes will surely give you the energy you need to power through the trek.

7. Accommodations on Everest Base Camp

Apart from the hotels in Kathmandu at the start and at the end of your quest, all of your accommodations on the Everest Base Camp Trek route are likely to be teahouses. Don’t let the name fool you – these aren’t just places to stop for a hot drink. They’re actually full-fledged bed and breakfast lodges purposely designed to host travelers. 

EBC teahouse accommodations in Nepal are simple, clean, and comfortable. The general rule is that the quality is better towards the start of the trek, where the teahouses are both larger and better supplied. Rooms are usually minimally decorated. They have wood-paneled or plastered walls and, for the most part, a single window, along with low-rise beds with foam mattress pads. Some have in-room heating, while other teahouses are warmed by a central stove that’s kept alight in the evenings. Some places offer hot showers, but most only offer cold. Electrical charging of devices is on offer at most places, though that could come at an extra cost. 

For more details on accommodations, check out our Everest Base Camp tour page .

8. Best time to trek to Everest Base Camp

There are two main seasons for trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal. The first is in the spring (late March to May) and the second comes in the autumn (late September to November) . Both high seasons essentially straddle the main monsoon season, offering more dryness and clearer skies without too much precipitation. Although, it’s important to note that zero rain can never be guaranteed this high up.

trek-to-mount-everest-base-camp

Here’s a breakdown of the best months to go:

  • March – Marks the beginning of the trekking season proper but it’s not its peak. That means a good balance of smaller crowds, availability in teahouses and affordability. Most of the ground snow has melted by this point, but rising temperatures do mean there can be some heat haze to obscure the views.
  • April – The busiest time of all on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, but for good reason: Clear skies abound, the views are wonderful, and temperatures are comfortable. You can also come in April if you’re keen to see the hardcore mountaineers prepping for a summit push up Mount Everest itself.
  • May – The hottest month on the trail with less harsh conditions in the evening. Downsides include heat haze that can obstruct the views and the potential for some early-monsoon rains.
  • September – The first month after the monsoon can see some rains stick around. However, that also means the lower-altitude parts of the trek between Lukla and Namche Bazaar are wonderfully lush with flower blooms and vivid greenery.
  • October – Second only to April in terms of crowds of travelers. Lots of people hit the EBC trail at this time because there’s a great balance between comfortable temperatures and clear skies. In fact, I’d say that this is the clearest time of all, so it’s perfect for those wanting uninterrupted views of Everest.
  • November – Cold winter conditions can start to set in by November. It’s not unusual to encounter snow at higher altitudes and you’ll need proper thermal gear to get through the nights. The payoff is super-clear skies and way fewer hikers on the trail.

December to February is the low season for one main reason: Snow. Temperatures during these colder days drop to an average of 25 degrees fahrenheit (-4℃) in the middle of the winter season, and that’s in Namche Bazaar, one of the lowest points on the trek. It’s not ideal for overnight hikes that rely on teahouses made of plywood walls. That said however, completing the EBC certainly isn’t impossible at this time, it just presents unique challenges. You’ll need way more thermal layering, special trekking equipment to handle the snowdrifts, and probably extra days to complete the trek. The upside is that winter days offer very clear skies and there’s rarely a big crowd on the trail. 

9. What gear and equipment should I pack?

When considering what to pack for your trip, it’s good to know there are strict limits on the weight each passenger can take on that initial flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. What’s more, there are limits on the size and weight of bags that you can ask porters to shuttle up and back to EBC for you. Due to these limits, you’ll want to think very carefully about what to bring for this once-in-a-lifetime trek. As a general rule, it’s good to stick to about 22-33 pounds (10-15kg) in your main pack, with a small 30-litre day pack on the side to carry the things you’ll need on the trail.

what-to-pack-everest-base-camp-trek

Layers are always key in the Nepalese mountains, as temperatures can warm up considerably during the day and drop suddenly at night. You’ll want to be able to add and remove fleeces and thermals on the upper body to match the fluctuating temperatures. For the lower body, I’d recommend bringing both shorts (mainly for the lower elevations of the trek where it can be positively balmy) and sturdy trekking pants (for higher elevations), backed up by good thermal-rated underlayers.

Waterproofs are also essential for your trip. Rain and snowfall can come without warning in the high Himalayas, and weather patterns on the EBC Trek have little respect for the so-called high season, so inclement weather can happen any time of the year. Winter trekkers will need to plan a little more, though, in order to deal with all that ground ice and much colder conditions.

On top of that, you’ll need to think about all those hiking essentials. Good boots, a pair of hiking poles you feel comfortable with, both a wool hat and a sun hat, strong sweat-resistant sunscreen, headlamps, and a decent-capacity water bottle should all be on your packing list. 

That’s just scratching the surface, but The Explorer’s Passage will make sure you’re fully prepared for your chosen season on the EBC route when you plan with us – just ask us for a full packing list !

10. Should I use a porter service?

Put simply, porters are essential on the trek to Everest Base Camp. They’re very much the superheroes of the expedition, transporting the bulk of most trekkers’ gear and equipment from camp to camp outside of Lukla or Namche Bazaar. For larger groups of trekkers, some operators will utilize animal support for transport assistance. Porters will carry one standard rucksack or duffle bag per hiker. Usually, that’s limited to a weight of between 22-33 pounds (10-15kg) per person, though it can be lower or higher depending on the Everest Base Camp tour you pick. That leaves you to only carry what you need for the day. As mentioned above, a 30-litre pack typically works best, just enough for water, snacks, fleece and waterproof layers, your camera, and sunscreen. 

porters-ebc-trek-nepal

I do, occasionally, see people who choose not to engage a porter but that’s a tough task. Ultimately, when you’re deciding whether or not porter service is right for you, remember that the Mt. Everest Base Camp hike involves several days of walking at altitudes over 12,000 feet (3,658m) above sea level, on tricky terrain to boot. It’s a challenge even without 44 pounds (20kg) of gear strapped to your back! 

11. Getting there

porters-ebc-trek-nepal

So now you know what this infamous excursion holds and you can’t wait another moment to go, how will you get there? The trip to the start of EBC is a journey in itself. You’ll first jet into Kathmandu, the heady, rickshaw-rattling capital of Nepal. It’s an amazing place, filled with UNESCO temples and the aromatic spices of Nepalese curry houses. We usually recommend that travelers arrive at least a couple of days before they are due to set off for the trek, not really to help with altitude acclimatization – Kathmandu is a relatively modest 4,500 feet (1,372m) up – but more for cultural acclimatization.

Doing that means you’ll have time to score any last-minute gear you might have forgotten for the hike itself. Kathmandu has plenty of decent outfitters that offer good deals on key items like down sleeping bags and thermals. It also means you’ll get to see some of the great cultural treasures of the country, including the tower-topped temples of Durbar Square and the colossal Boudhanath Stupa, which is usually writhed in prayer flags dancing in the wind.

kathmandu-durbar-square

After Kathmandu, there’s a short-haul flight from the domestic terminal of Kathmandu Airport that takes you all the way to the trailhead of Everest Base Camp in Lukla. The plane ride is relatively quick – about 30 minutes total – and pretty spine-tingling, especially as the landing strip on the Lukla side sits a whopping 9,300 feet (2,835 meters) above sea level on a precipitous mountain plateau. It’s not a flight you’ll forget in a hurry!

12. Travel visas and permits

Some nationals of specific countries can enter Nepal without a visa, but most travelers will require one. For those who do, entry visas for tourists traveling into Nepal are generally available in advance or upon arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport and various land borders. If you’re unsure of which category you fall into, use this easy tool to double check your entry and health requirements .

When it comes to permits, there are no permits for the Everest Base Camp Trek itself, at least not like there are for the Inca Trail and some other bucket-list hikes elsewhere on the planet. However, there are limits to the number of guests teahouses can host (so it’s important to book early) and you will be passing through some regions and conservation areas that require visitors to obtain special passes, but no need to worry as The Explorer’s Passage will handle all of these details for you. Just make sure your travel documents and essentials are still valid.

For the route to Everest Base Camp from Lukla, there are two key documents that we will secure for you:

  • Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit – This is a pass for access to the whole Khumbu region.
  • Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit – This is your pass to enter the national park that contains Mt. Everest. 

It is important to note, those looking to do the longer, 20-day extension to the EBC Trek, going from Kathmandu by road and then onwards by foot from Jiri, will also need a pass for access to the Gaurishankar Conservation Area. 

13. A typical Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

The temple-topped, bazaar-busting city of Kathmandu is likely to be where you enter Nepal. You’ll definitely want to take some time out of your trip to explore this amazing city first. Then, it’s time to head northeast to start your Everest Base Camp hike. Most travelers do that with a flight to Lukla and then walk from there, but it’s also possible to trek all the way if you have the time. Still, most Everest Base Camp Trek itineraries officially start at Lukla airport.

kathmandu-durbar-square

For a customized itinerary, connect with us to craft your ideal trip.

  • Day 1: Namaste and welcome to Kathmandu! Get ready to experience one of the most awe-inspiring journeys our planet has to offer. You’ll arrive in Kathmandu and explore the dynamism, scenery, and history the city has to offer.
  • Day 2: Today will be filled with cultural immersion. Begin by exploring three UNESCO World Heritage Sites. The first is Boudhanath, one of the largest stupas in Nepal. Next is Pashupatinath, a sacred Hindu temple located on the banks of the Bagmati River. Finally, you’ll visit Durbar Square, which sits in front of the old royal palace. Finish your day with one of the most classic walks through the old narrow streets of Kathmandu. In the heart of this city, soak up the buzzing atmosphere of the local markets and stores, before heading back to the hotel.

pashupatinath-temple-kathmandu-sadhu

  • Day 3: Kathmandu to Phakding (8,562 ft / 2,610 m) – After a short flight to Lukla, it’s a pleasant hike through dense pine forests and steep gorges traversed by swinging suspension bridges. There’s a real bustle about this part of the path, with oodles of hikers fresh onto the trail to chat to. It’s also the lushest part of the trail, with wildflowers and roaring riverways, more Alps than Himalaya.

suspension-bridge-himalayas-trekking-tour

  • Day 4: Phakding to Namche Bazaar (11,286 ft / 3,440 m) – Today you’ll go up to the main hub of EBC: Namche Bazaar. This is a good place to stock up on any essentials you may have forgotten to bring on your trip. Enjoy the town that’s abuzz with hiker cafes and lodges, and comes with stunning views of the jagged Mount Khumbu Yül-Lha (Khumbila), loosely translated as “God of Khumbu” peak, to the north.
  • Day 5: Namche Bazaar (11,286 ft / 3,440 m) – This is your first official acclimatization day. The best way to prepare for the altitude is to hike high during the day and return to lower altitudes in the evening to sleep. The Khunde and Khumjung Loop is the perfect option for that, taking you to long-lost Sherpa villages with mystical Buddhist stupas.

stupa-namche-bazaar-everest-base-camp-trek

  • Day 6: Namche Bazaar to Tengboche (12,664 ft / 3,860 m) – Your first steps on the Everest Base Camp Trek proper begin with a steep incline that takes you almost out of the treeline. The path levels and then emerges into a lunar-like world of big brown rocks where the Himalayas draw ever closer. The destination? The rhododendron forest, where you’ll stay for the evening.   
  • Day 7: Tengboche to Dingboche (14,470 ft / 4,410 m) – Expect exposed trekking except for some sections through high-altitude pine woods. Later in the day, the trail wiggles across the sides of Ama Dablam peak and you’ll get to appreciate the Everest massif in all its glory looming overhead.

ama-dablam-trek-to-everest-base-camp

  • Day 8: Dingboche (14,470 ft / 4,410 m) – A second acclimatization day is needed at this stage of the trip. Perhapstake some time to experience Chukhung (15,518 feet / 4,730 meters), a place traditionally used to raise yak. Lodges rise up amongst the peaks, making it a perfect spot for relaxation, observation and absorbing the scenery and local life.

khumjung-chukhung-everest-base-camp-trek

  • Day 9: Dingboche to Lobuche (16,210 ft / 4,941 m) – You’re now onto the penultimate push towards Everest Base Camp. Welcome to the high Himalayas. Trees are long gone in this land of rugged rocks and the cascading tongues of glaciers. The day includes some amazing visions of the approaching Everest massif, especially the closer face of Nuptse.
  • Day 10: Lobuche to Everest Base Camp (17,598 ft / 5,364 m) – The final part of the trail starts by weaving over rocky highland terrain and then passes through the Gorak Shep village, where a small trekking lodge clutches the edge of the Khumbu Icefall. There’s a chance of a small rest there, but not for long, because EBC is only another 1.5 hours up the valley!

lobuche-nepal-everest-trekking

  • Day 11: Everest Base Camp to Pheriche (14,340 ft / 4,371 m) – Today you’ll retrace your steps towards Pheriche, hiking first towards Kala Patthar. Oxygen begins to increase and much of this portion is downhill, and you’ll have the chance to take in the panoramic views with an easier trek.
  • Day 12: Pheriche to Debouche (12,533 ft / 3,820 m) – You’ll work back via Deboche, passing the Old Nunnery. Follow the river back towards Debouche, a campsite, not far from the Tengboche Monastery.
  • Day 13: Debouche to Namche Bazaar (11,286 ft / 3,440 m) – Today you’ll double back towards Namche Bazaar, the Sherpa village that is the hub of activity and local culture. Here you’ll see many porters like Norgay, who aid climbers and know this terrain better than anyone. Observe the local mountain life, as you continue on tomorrow towards Phakding.

namche-bazaar-everest-base-camp-trek

  • Day 14: Namche Bazaar to Phakding (8,562 ft / 2,610 m) – As you continue downhill towards Phakding, observe the local agriculture and yak pastures as you pass by the majesty of the Himalayan peaks. You’ll spend the evening alongside the Dudh Kosi River, and take in the sights and sounds of the crystalline waters.

phakding-dudh-kosi-river-himalayas

  • Day 15: Phakding to Lukla – From Phakding, you’ll make our approach towards Lukla. Gather your new memories from the trip and enjoy your last days amongst unparalleled natural views in Nepal. You’ll stop for lunch in Lukla, with plenty of time to appreciate the clear landscape.
  • Day 16: Lukla to Kathmandu – Returning to Kathmandu, you’ll have time and space to explore after having a chance to refresh and recuperate in your hotel. The Thamel district is a great place to wander with its many winding streets lined with souvenir shops, bars, restaurants, and more. There’s plenty to see and to try on the final day of your trip in Kathmandu. Soak up as much of the city’s offerings as you can as the end of our trip approaches.

kathmandu-thamel-market-ebc-trekking-tour

  • Day 17: Today is your final day as an intrepid traveler exploring Nepal. You might have time to see some live music in Lazimpat or venture to Patan, which was originally known as Lalitpur, or the “City of Beauty”. Stop off at Newa Chen to add a visit to a 350-year-old Newari home, restored to its former glory and open to the public, to your trip. Be sure to experience as much of Kathmandu as you can, before you reluctantly head back home from this exhilarating adventure trip!

patan-durbar-square-lalitpur

  • Day 18: Depart from Kathmandu. Today you’ll return home having retraced many of Hillary and Norgay’s historic steps. You’re officially one of the lucky few who have witnessed the majesty of Everest up close!

Other Variations of the EBC Trek

The main up-and-back EBC Trek outlined above is by far the most popular route to the fabled camp on the slopes of Mount Everest, but there are also other options. Take the Three Passes Trek. It’s a circular romp that encompasses a trio of the highest traversable passes immediately around Everest itself, starting with Kongma La (18,175 feet) before pushing on through Cho La (17,782 feet) and then Renjo La (17,585 feet).

This is a considerably more challenging undertaking than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek, usually reserved for hikers with high-altitude experience. The reason? You spend multiple days walking at heights of over 16,400 feet. There’s also more chance you’ll have to contend with snowpacks – especially late and early in the main trekking seasons (April and November). The reward is a chance to explore all the nooks and crannies of the Khumbu Region, with visions of the gleaming Gokyo Lakes and remote Sherpa hill villages along the way.

Other variations include the dedicated Gokyo Lakes Trek, which involves portions of the Three Passes Trek at Cho La to offer a fuller visit of the Gokyo Valley before re-joining the route to base camp at Lobuche.

This trip guide is just a taste of what you should know before embarking on the remarkable trek to Everest Base Camp. For more details on general trip costs, accommodations, and more, check out the specifics on our Everest Base Camp tour page .

Better yet, if you have more questions on hiking to Everest Base Camp or need help planning your trip to the Himalayas, let’s connect! Our knowledgeable Adventure Consultants would love to hear from you so contact us and let us show you what’s possible .

everest-base-camp-trek-namche-nepal

Why travel with The Explorer’s Passage?

Experience the Everest Base Camp Trek with the best tour operator in Nepal. Our guides have been leading adventure trips in the Himalayas for over 30 years and are experts of trekking to Mount Everest Base Camp. They are also native to the Khumbu region of Nepal, the home of the Sherpa community, so you know you’ll enjoy an authentic experience.

We pride ourselves on delivering extraordinary tours based on travelers’ needs and are humbled by our guests’ testimonials . In fact, our dedication has earned us a 5-star rating on Tripadvisor , and awards by Travel+Leisure Magazine and Newsweek. Check us out and discover why so many travelers worldwide choose us . My team and I would love for you to join us on the trek to Everest Base Camp or any of our many other adventure trips !

I hope to go exploring with you soon!

Jeff Bonaldi Founder & CEO The Explorer’s Passage

About Jeff Bonaldi

Jeff Bonaldi is the Founder and CEO of The Explorer’s Passage, a premier adventure travel company. His mission is to provide travelers with the opportunity to transform their lives and the planet through the power of adventure.

Learn more about Jeff’s story and his company HERE .

Share This Amazing Location!

Related posts.

Expert Guide to Solo Travel & Top Destinations in 2024

Expert Guide to Solo Travel & Top Destinations in 2024

14 Best Places to Visit in Iceland in 2024

14 Best Places to Visit in Iceland in 2024

19 Things to Know Before Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia’s Torres del Paine in 2024

19 Things to Know Before Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia’s Torres del Paine in 2024

14 Things to Know Before You Climb Mount Kilimanjaro in 2024

14 Things to Know Before You Climb Mount Kilimanjaro in 2024

The Ultimate Guide to Inca Trail Permits for 2024

The Ultimate Guide to Inca Trail Permits for 2024

The Classic Inca Trail Route: A Day by Day Guide

The Classic Inca Trail Route: A Day by Day Guide

Solo female travel anywhere and everywhere.

ebc trek blog

10 essential things to know before hiking the Everest Base Camp Trail in Nepal

Planning on trekking the EBC soon? The Himalayas are no joke—make sure you come prepared. This guest post from Lotte of Phenomenal Globe has all the advice and things to know before hiking the Everest Base Camp Trail in Nepal. 

Hiking the Everest Base Camp trail in Nepal is a dream of many travelers, and a once in a lifetime experience. While definitely not an off-the-beaten path trail for Nepal, the amount of people visiting EBC each year is nothing compared to overrun cities like Amsterdam, Paris, or Venice.

Crowds or no crowds, the Himalayan scenery is breathtaking, and this is the closest you can get to the tallest peak in the world, 8,849 meter (29,000 ft) Mount Everest… unless you plan on scaling Everest, which isn’t necessarily you should aspire to .

Before you set out on the EBC trek, read this post to prepare yourself! From planning your Everest Base Camp budget and itinerary, to deciding what to pack for the EBC trek , planning is key when it comes to staying safe while hiking the Everest Base Camp Trail in Nepal.

Mountains reflected in Gokyo Lake along the EBC trail in Nepal

Gokyo Lake, one of many stunning views along the Everest Base Camp trek

10 things to know before trekking the Everest Base Camp Trail in Nepal

  • Altitude sickness is a real risk
  • Take your time while trekking
  • It’s best to start your trek in Jiri
  • Hiring a local guide is helpful
  • Pack a filter bottle or Steripen
  • Staying hydrated is essential
  • Bring an e-reader or book
  • A properly fitted backpack is a must
  • Buy some of your hiking gear in Kathmandu

1. Altitude sickness is a real risk of the Everest Base Camp Trail. Educate yourself.

Hiking the EBC is a physical challenge. Every year, people get very sick (and even die) because they don’t listen to their bodies or they take (unnecessary) risks. Read up on altitude sickness and its symptoms so you know how to recognize them.

Altitude sickness occurs when you travel to a high altitude too quickly. As you ascend, oxygen levels decrease and it takes time for your body to adjust. If you ascend too quickly, your body can’t hope with these lower levels of oxygen and you can experience symptoms such as dizziness, headache, shortness of breath and nausea. It can happen to anyone above 2,000 meters, and is not necessarily related to how fit or unfit someone is.

Read: That time I almost died from altitude sickness in Tajikistan

Altitude sickness comes in several forms, and the worst are very serious conditions. If left untreated you can die.

However, don’t let the possibility of altitude sickness deter you from hiking the EBC trail! You can minimize the risk of altitude sickness by taking several measures; continue on to the next few points to find out how.

Mountain-lined valley near Dughla along the Everest Base Camp trail in Nepal

Valley near Dughla

2. Take your time while trekking the EBC

The best way to avoid altitude sickness—and make the most of hiking the EBC trail—is to take your time. Give your body time to get used to the altitude, and your mind time to process the spectacular surroundings.

Let’s be honest: you will probably only trek to Everest Base Camp once in your life, so why not give yourself plenty of time to soak it all in?

Follow the recommendations when it comes to acclimatization days, drink plenty of water, avoid alcohol, and consider starting your hike in Jiri for optimal acclimatization.

Read:  How to get trekking permits in Kathmandu

3. It’s best to start your EBC trek in Jiri

Most people fly from Kathmandu to Lukla and start trekking the EBC trail there. However, before the landing strip at Lukla was built, all EBC hikers and climbers (including the famous Edmund Hillary) started their adventure in Jiri.

The small mountain village can be reached by bus from Kathmandu, eliminating the need to fly. From Jiri, it takes six days to hike to Cheplung, where you’ll join the ‘regular’ EBC trail.

Aside from the fact it’s more responsible to avoid flights where possible— climate change is wreaking havoc in the Himalayas already—there are many more reasons why starting your Base Camp hike in Jiri is a good idea:

  • Starting in Jiri gives your body more time to acclimatize. Jiri is located “only” 1,995 meters (6,545 feet) above sea level, whereas Lukla is at 2,860 meters (9,383 feet). By starting from Jiri, you will ascend at a much slower pace, thereby reducing the risk of altitude sickness.
  • The trail from Jiri to Cheplung sees only a fraction of the people who hike the EBC trail. You’ll have beautiful green mountain landscapes virtually to yourself!
  • This area of Nepal was badly affected by the earthquake that occurred in April 2015 . Many houses are still in ruin. If there was ever a place in Nepal to spend your money, it’s there. By eating and staying at one of the small lodges along the Jiri – Cheplung trail you can generate a bit of income for people who have had a very tough few years.

River flowing through a green mountain valley on the Jiri - Cheplung trail in Nepal

One of the views on the Jiri – Cheplung trail

4. Hiring a guide isn’t necessary, but it helps the local economy

I’ll be honest: when it comes to directions, you don’t need a guide when hiking the EBC trail.

If you prepare well, buy the Nepal hiking Lonely Planet , a detailed hiking map in Kathmandu, and download a map you can use offline (for example from Maps.me ) it’s virtually impossible to get lost. The trail is generally either well-marked or glaringly obvious. Often, there’s only one track you can follow. Most of the time there are other hikers on the trail as well.

That being said, there are definitely advantages to hiring a local guide. For starters, it’s a good way to support the local economy. What’s more, guides are generally very knowledgeable about the area as they often grew up in the mountains. They can tell you many interesting things about the Himalayas as well as explain customs and culture in Nepal.

Furthermore, they know every lodge and every lodge owner along the Everest Base Camp trek. Guides often call ahead to make reservations; you’ll never have to worry about not having a place to sleep. Also, while they aren’t medics, guides recognize altitude sickness symptoms immediately and know exactly what to do.  

Guides can be hired through trekking companies, or through people you meet once on the ground. The best guides are usually booked well in advance, so if you want the cream of the crop, do some research and hire a guide through an accredited trekking agency in advance. Guides cost around US$25-50 per day, porters a bit less.

5. Bring a water filter bottle or SteriPen to avoid plastic waste

When hiking EBC, you will need a way to clean your water as (obviously) you want to avoid having to buy single use plastic water bottles on the track. In fact, as of January 2020, bottled water is no longer available in the Everest region . Excellent news for our plastic-filled planet!

A much more sustainable alternative is carrying a water filter bottle. There are several brands; Lifestraw is a well-known one and I have used their water filter bottle for several years. These types of bottles typically filter out 99,99% of bacteria. You can buy Lifestraw filter bottles here .

Alternatively, you can use a SteriPen which uses short wave germicidal UV light to purify water. If you decide to bring a SteriPen, be sure to bring along rechargeable batteries to use it throughout your entire hike. You can also buy water purification tablets, though I personally very much dislike the taste of water treated with these tablets.

Read:  10+ items I use and recommend for backpackers

View of a glacier at Everest Base Camp in Nepal

The final destination: Everest Base Camp

6. Make sure to stay hydrated while trekking

The higher you get on the EBC trek, the more strain it puts on your body. Higher altitudes mean lower oxygen levels, and this has an impact on your metabolism and other processes in your body. It may shock you, but to minimize the chance of getting altitude sickness you will need to drink at least 3 liters of water each day.

That’s why you need a way to carry at least 2 liters of water per person . This water doesn’t have to be cleaned yet; you can do that along the way. Fill up a 2-liter hydration bladder each morning, but don’t drink from this directly. Instead, put the water from your hydration bladder into your water filter bottle (or any bottle if using the SteriPen) to purify it.

Alternatively, if traveling with several people, you can bring a larger camping water filter that uses gravity to filter out bacteria. The Platypus GravityWorks is fast, easy to use, and packs down small. Invest in a Platypus filter here .

It’s easy to lose track of the amount of water you drink during a day, so I recommend making a note in your phone every time you finish your bottle. It sounds silly, but it really helped us drink the recommended amount each day.

7. Bring an e-reader or book when packing for the EBC

You may have bought a local SIM card in Kathmandu, but forget about going online while trekking the EBC trail. You will not have signal for the majority of the trail.

Reception is either very bad or nonexistent. Truth be told, it’s better that way. Remember those days before smartphones were a thing? No? You are either too young or too used to being online all the time.

Well, not on the EBC trail! Enjoy being offline, marvel at the mountain views, and bring an e-reader so you can immerse yourself in a good book after you’ve arrived at your lodge for the day.

Ngozumpa Glacier along the Everest Base Camp trek in Nepal

Ngozumpa Glacier

8. Get a properly fitted backpack

If you start the EBC trail from Lukla, you will be hiking for at least 12 days. When you start your EBC trek in Jiri (which, again, I highly recommend) add another six to seven days. That’s almost three weeks of hiking! Add to this the fact that you will have to carry all your gear, and it becomes clear you need a proper backpack.

My husband did the track with a not-so-great backpack and has a permanent injury in his shoulder as a result. Avoid buying a backpack online if possible—go to a proper outdoor store in person, and let the staff help you to find the perfect backpack for your body type. Once you’ve bought a good backpack, stuff it with approximately 10 kg of gear, which is the amount I carried after agonizing over every single item I put in my bag. Don’t over pack—every extra kilo will feel like it weighs three times as much while you’re trekking.

Go on a few practice hikes with your 10 kg backpack so you get used to carrying this weight. That will make it a lot easier once you are on the EBC trail, where factors like altitude and oxygen levels come into play.

Tengboche Monastery in Nepal

Tengboche Monastery

9. Buy some of your hiking gear in Kathmandu

If you don’t have all the necessary gear yet, consider buying the remainder of essential EBC items in Kathmandu to support local shops. There are a lot of knock off brands, but I was surprised by the quality of (most of the) gear we bought here. For example, I bought a down jacket (a fake North Face) which I have worn a lot in the past three years. It’s still doing an excellent job of keeping me warm.

Also, when you return from the EBC trail and you have gear you no longer need, consider donating it. Many small guesthouses collect items like warm sweaters, sleeping bags, hats and gloves to send to people who need them in other parts of Nepal.

Read:  Cafes with fast wifi in Kathmandu

Prayer flags on a trail near Namche Bazar in Nepal

Along one of the trails near Namche Bazar

10. Enjoy the Everest Base Camp trek!

Last, but certainly not least, enjoy every single second of hiking the EBC trail! It will probably be one of the most challenging travels you do in your life, but also one of the most amazing experiences you’ll ever have.

There are very few places in the world where the landscape isn’t marred by manmade structures like electricity poles, roads, dams, factories, and so on. The Himalayas, while not completely untouched, are still wild, rugged, and majestic. Walking through the mountains will make you feel very small and you will come to appreciate the power of nature.

I will never forget standing at misty Lamjura La pass, surrounded by clouds and feeling like I was the only person in the world (in a non-creepy way😉). Admiring views over the snowy peaks in the valley near Dughla. Listening to the monks chant in Tengboche Monastery, watching the donkeys and yaks carry their loads from Nunthala to Namche Bazaar like they’ve done for centuries.

Hiking the Everest Base Camp trail is guaranteed something you will remember for the rest of your life!

Have more tips for multi-day hikers? Do share in the comments!

Planning on doing the Everest Base Camp trek? Here's what you need to know before hiking the EBC in Nepal, including what to pack, where to begin, how to stay safe, and more.

Alex Reynolds

One thought on “ 10 essential things to know before hiking the everest base camp trail in nepal ”.

I went to the Qomolongma (Mount Everest) base camp in Tibet, 5200 metres above sea level, instead, and could go by car all the way. I was the only foreigner on my time of visit. Wonderful view of the top.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Lost With Purpose wordmark for GDPR cookie compliance

  • Privacy Overview
  • Strictly Necessary Cookies

This website uses cookies so that we can provide you with the best user experience possible. Cookie information is stored in your browser and performs functions such as recognising you when you return to our website and helping our team to understand which sections of the website you find most interesting and useful.

Strictly Necessary Cookie should be enabled at all times so that we can save your preferences for cookie settings.

If you disable this cookie, we will not be able to save your preferences. This means that every time you visit this website you will need to enable or disable cookies again.

Unexpected Occurrence

Everest Base Camp Blog: My Experience Doing Everest Base Camp Solo

Everest Base Camp holds a special place in my heart. It was one of my first big treks and it made me fall in love with the Himalayas. Since then, I’ve lived in Nepal, gone on to hike bigger and taller paths, and fallen in love with other mountain ranges. That being said, EBC is one of my all-time favourite treks and even though I’ve already been three times, I would do it over and over again.

I remember before going the first time, I was so excited/nervous about it. I stayed awake reading all the information I could find on it to prepare myself, because damnit, I wanted to get to Base Camp! Unfortunately, at that point, I found a lot of guides, but not so many posts outlining experiences, which is what I was after. That’s what this post is going to be! An Everest base camp blog post.

I had these posts up for a while but they were separated into a million different parts (confusing!!!), so this is them compiled into one long post.

Day 1: Flying into Lukla and Trekking to Phakding

As much as I loved the trek, I’m never doing it again. Maybe a different route, but that was the only time in my life that I will have visited base camp.

I’m a liar .

As you know, I’ve had to give up on the trek I’ve been lusting over . Instead, I’ve just completed the Everest Base Camp trek for the second time! I thought it would be helpful to create a series to go through the details of the trek & to tell you EVERYTHING you need to know!

Your Everest Base Camp (let’s call it EBC from now on) trek will begin with either a trek from Jiri to Lukla or a flight into Lukla. Most people, including me, fly.

The downside to flying into Lukla’s Airport, the Tenzing-Hilary Airport, is that a couple of years ago, it was named “World’s Most Dangerous Airport.”

But hey, I’ve flown in once and out once and I’m still alive to tell the tale!

Buying Plane Tickets to Lukla

ebc trek blog

If you’re doing EBC with a guide, they’ll sort out the plane tickets for you.

If you’re going unguided, then you’ll have to buy plane tickets. Go to a travel agent somewhere in Thamel and buy either a one-way ticket into Lukla (for about USD $150) or a round trip (I got mine for $290). If you book a round trip ticket, book your return flight for a few days later than you anticipate your trek to end; you can always change it.

Flying into Lukla

It doesn’t matter if your flight is at 6, the local airport doesn’t even open until 5:30. When you arrive at the domestic airport, you’ll go in and see a bunch of stands with airlines on them. That’s where you check in!

ebc trek blog

They’ll weigh your bag, then take it, and then weigh you.

After you check in, go through the incredibly light security and to the departures hall. Here, wait for your flight to be called. They may say your flight is going to “Lukla” or “Mountain.”

More often than not, flights will be delayed. This is because they’ll only fly when the sky is clear (which is a good thing).

Once your flight is called, you’ll be taken to a bus, which will take you to a small plane. Sit on the left side of the plane for the best views flying into the Himalayas. The flight attendant will pass out a candy and cotton for your ears (the planes can get a bit loud, especially on the older ones).

The flight to Lukla is about forty minutes. When landing, the pilot may or may not cut the engine. If she/he does, don’t worry! The runway in Lukla is INCREDIBLY short, and the pilot is cutting the engine to ensure you’ll be able to slow down quickly enough to land.

Comforting, right?

ebc trek blog

DAY 1 Trekking: Lukla to Phakding

The trek from Lukla to Phakding is mainly downhill! It’s really enjoyable and it only takes about 3 hours! Phakding is a really big town, but I’d push to Monjo or even Jorsalle! Your next day up to Namche Bazar is a bit tough, so it’s nice to trek quite far on day 1.

ebc trek blog

Day 1 trekking will be filled with plenty of mani stones. Walk CLOCKWISE around these (to the left of the stones). There are also some beautiful suspension bridges that you’ll have to cross! Let the porters, donkeys, horses, and dzos (cross between cow and yak) go first!

ebc trek blog

Also, as a general rule, when giving way to animals, stay on the side of the mountain, not the side with the dropoff.

Find a teahouse, eat some momos (or plenty of other food), and get some sleep! Enjoy the “warm” weather; it only gets colder from here!

Day 2: Phakding to Namche Bazar

Today is your first glimpse into the uphill bits of misery that you’ll endure going up to EBC. The path to Namche is quite flat until you get a glimpse of the two suspension bridges. From there on up, it’s allllll uphill. It was just switchback after switchback, with a couple bits of stairs and straight uphill walking thrown in for good measure.

ebc trek blog

On my way up, I met a man named Trevor, who I ended up trekking with for the next few days.

IMG_0438.JPG

There’s a public restroom about halfway up the hill, where you should definitely stop because A) It’s a break from the uphill and B) It’s your first view of Mount Everest!

After about half an hour more uphill, you’ll come to a TIMS checkpoint, where you’ll be registered into the computer system, and from there, it’s a quick fifteen minutes up to Namche!

ebc trek blog

Namche Bazar is basically trekkers’ paradise. It’s the best place to relax before the start of your trek, and the BEST return from the top of the mountain (or just base camp 😉 ).

I stayed at the Foot Rest Lodge, which was decent. On the way back, I stayed at the Khumbu Lodge, which I highly recommend.

Day 3: Acclimatisation Day

Today, you’ll have to do an acclimatisation hike, but after that, you’re free! To acclimate, you can head up to the Everest View Hotel, about an hours walk away, or, if you’re lazy, you can just head up fifteen minutes or so to the Sherpa Museum and the Sagarmatha National Park Visitor Center.

I decided to be lazy, so Trevor and I walked up to the visitor centre & museum.

The visitor centre is free to visit! It has a beautiful little museum full of Everest facts, and out back, there’s a statue of Tenzing Norgay!

ebc trek blog

The Sherpa Museum is 200 rupees to enter, but it’s truly a cute little museum, and it’s definitely worth the two bucks.

ebc trek blog

After your hike, you have some free time. Definitely check out the Liquid Bar, which plays a mountaineering-based film every day at 3pm. It’s free if you buy a drink, otherwise it’s 300 rupees to watch the film. The owner is absolutely lovely, and the atmosphere of the Liquid Bar is unbeatable.

ebc trek blog

When I was in Namche, it was St. Paddy’s day, so obviously, I hit up the world’s highest Irish Pub (& got a T-shirt!). Trevor and I met some really great people on a tour and spent until 9pm (late!!!) celebrating with them.

If you’d like to relax a little further, there’s a Finnish Sauna and plenty of spas up at Namche. This is truly a heavenly town on the mountain. Enjoy your time there!!!

Day 4: Namche Bazar to Tengboche

I won’t lie, guys. This day is pretty tough. You walk along the side of the mountain, which is very gradually downhill, before descending down to the river, crossing a suspension bridge, and then heading straight uphill until you reach Tengboche. Yes, only the last bit is uphill, but it’s a BIG uphill.

Trevor and I headed out, enjoying the beautiful views you get from the start of this day.

Remember when passing stupas, to go left around them!

We met up with an Israeli man named Nadav during this bit of the trek, and then joined up with Gabriel, who I had flown into Lukla with. We walked, playing some verbal travel games, which made the day pass quickly… UNTIL THE UPHILL.

This bit is BRUTAL. It seems like the hill will never end. I thought this was one of the toughest days. Going up, we met another man, named Vaughn, who we climbed the rest of the way up to Tengboche with.

After arriving in Tengboche, after what seemed like ages, Vaughn introduced us to his friends, Kelvin and Saroj. Gabriel and Nadav stayed in one lodge (they had guides/porters who have arrangements with certain teahouses), but Trevor, Kelvin, Saroj, Vaughn, and I decided to eat and stay at the bakery. I highly recommend eating at the bakery (the apple crumble is to die for!!!).

ebc trek blog

At 3pm, head over to the monastery. Let the monks enter before you, then observe their prayer. It’s a beautiful thing to see, but you won’t be allowed to take photos inside.

And wear warm socks, as your feet will get super cold without your boots on!!!

ebc trek blog

We left at 8am and arrived by 12:30.

Day 5: Tengboche to Dingboche

This is a beautiful day! The walk isn’t too brutal! You start with a steep downhill bit to Pangboche, then you gradually head up to Dingboche. You go through a valley, which offers amazing views of the Himalayas. We left at 8 and arrived by 12:30, like the day prior, but according to the lady who ran the teahouse in Dingboche, we arrived about an hour and a half earlier than most people.

We stayed at the SnowLion Lodge, mainly because it has an attached French Bakery (the chocolate truffles are really rich and very good!).

Day 6: Acclimatisation Day in Dingboche

Although you don’t trek to another place today, you’ll definitely get some trekking in!

To acclimate properly, Kelvin, Vaughn, Saroj, two lovely girls, named Emma and Lawrence, who we had met at our lodge, and I headed out to climb a peak! It’s just above our teahouse, and it’s the hike that most people do this day.

This was a TOUGH climb. There are many false peaks, so right as you think you’re at the top, you cross over the last bit, only to see more uphill. It took us a good four hours or so to get up and down the mountain.

ebc trek blog

The views are beautiful the entire way up, but of course, as soon as we hit the top, a HUGE cloud came by.

I definitely felt the altitude up here. Bring water and take it slow! AMS (acute mountain sickness) is no joke!!!

When you get back, if your headache doesn’t dissipate, don’t worry! See if you sleep it off! Most likely, you will, and you’ll be absolutely fine!

ebc trek blog

Spend the rest of the day taking it easy, enjoy life & the company around you! The people make the trek 🙂

ebc trek blog

Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche

This is a lovely day! The beginning of the day is relatively flat, gradually ascending through a valley, and then you once again, go down to the river.

After that, you’ll reach Dhugla!

ebc trek blog

We took lunch at Dhugla (also called Thukla), then had an ascent up to the memorial for the fallen climbers. It’s a short & steep uphill bit, but it’s definitely worth the view at the top. You get a view of the mountains and LOADS of prayer flags. It’s also really important to see the memorials for those who have died on Everest, including Scott Fischer. It really puts the weight of climbing Everest into perspective.

ebc trek blog

Continue a relatively gradual ascent up to Lobuche!

Day 8: Lobuche to Gorak Shep via EBC

This is a difficult, very long day.

We left Lobuche at 8, only arriving at Gorak Shep at noon. It isn’t a particularly difficult trek up to Gorak Shep , as you trek through a beautiful valley and it’s initially a gradual ascent. Towards the end of the trek up to Gorak Shep, you’re trekking through rock falls, which means a LOT of up and down. It seems to on for AGES, but after one last uphill, you’ll see Gorak Shep in the distance and it’s downhill from there!

Take lunch at Gorak Shep and head out towards EBC. This is the tough bit, with plenty of up and downs, which means its quite difficult on the way there AND the way back. Watch your step as well, as there are a few points that could be really quite dangerous if slippery. It’s only really awful because of the altitude, but being so close to your goal definitely helps you keep going.

It takes about two hours to get to EBC, and a little less to get back.

Sure, it’s one of the toughest days, but it’s also a super rewarding day. Knowing that you’ve made it to the (bottom of the) top of the world is such an elating feeling.

ebc trek blog

That feeling doesn’t go away after the first time doing it.

Day 9: Gorak Shep to Namche Bazar

After getting back from EBC, we all sat in the teahouse, absolutely freezing and uncomfortable with altitude headaches. It was then, by the fire, that Vaughn half-jokingly suggested trekking all the way down to Namche Bazar (it usually takes two to four days to get down there), and we were all so uncomfortable that we agreed to at least try!

After a night of no sleep (literally no sleep), we all (minus Emma, who slept in) headed out at 6am, skipping Kala Pattar.

This was by FAR the toughest day. You don’t realise how much downhill you were blessed with on the way up until you’re heading down (which is really up). We arrived in Lobuche by 8:30 and caught up with some friends who we had met in Dingboche, including Trevor! We left by 9:30 and had a tea break at Periche at 10:30, and continued down to Pangboche for lunch. After that, we knew that there was a steep ascent up to Tengboche. I honestly thought it would be so much worse than it was, but that being said, it wasn’t a walk in the park.

Processed with VSCO with hb2 preset

After reaching Tengboche, there’s a steep descent down to the river, which is BRUTAL on your knees. It was honestly terrible; I highly recommend using hiking poles if you have them.

ebc trek blog

After reaching the river, there’s an uphill bit that you’ll have forgotten about. It’s not very nice. It seems to never end. It’s really uncomfortable, especially since we had come from Gorak Shep. Most people would have stopped by this point, which I think is smarter than trying to make it to Namche in one day. If you stop prior to this, I don’t think this bit will be as hellish.

ebc trek blog

Once you reach the “flat” bit to right next to Namche, you’ll realise that what you thought was flat is actually uphill. At this point, we were all exhausted. My knees were in INCREDIBLE pain, and I was emotionally exhausted from the lack of sleep I had gotten the night prior. I had fallen behind the guys (who were sprinting down), and couldn’t see them, as fog made it impossible to see ten meters in front of you. It was a little scary walking along a Cliffside, as the fog made it impossible to see how far you’d fall, and I was so physically and mentally drained that the possibility of accidentally stumbling off the side of the mountain seemed very real.

ebc trek blog

I caught up to Saroj and walked the rest of the way with him.

When we had finally made it to Namche, we were all struggling to walk properly. It was truly an exhausting day.

I peeled off my socks and found that the bottoms of my feet were entirely covered in blisters. Needless to say, we had a rest day the next day (excluding Vaughn, who powered through to Lukla). We spent 12 hours at the Liquid Bar, drinking beer, eating popcorn, and celebrating making it down!

ebc trek blog

Day 11: Namche to Lukla

After spending about 12 hours at the Liquid Bar, we all woke up feeling a little rough.

The boys were full-on hungover.

That meant that the “easy” day walking back to Lukla turned into quite a struggle. There’s a bunch of up and down this day, although with the newly acquired oxygen in the air, it’s not so bad!

The trek to Lukla is only about four or five hours.

We immediately got burgers to celebrate. The boys had been eating meat the entire duration of the trek, but I had always read to avoid it. They were absolutely fine, so I had a chicken burger. I got sick. Stay on the safe side guys, and only eat meat if you have time to spare.

Day 12: Flying to Kathmandu

We woke up at 5:30, paid for our teahouse, and walked to the airport. We were greeted with clouds. Flying didn’t look so promising.

It took an hour for an airline representative to even show up to my check-in area, so there was lots of waiting around. When they did finally come, I checked in my bag and started waiting for clear skies so we could fly!

The sky was supposed to clear for a couple of hours, but by 10 am, it was still hard to see 100 meters in front of us, so we knew we wouldn’t fly.

And to top it off, there was word that a storm was coming in, so if we couldn’t fly out today, we’d most likely be stuck in Lukla for FOUR DAYS.

At this point, the boys and I really just wanted to be down in Kathmandu, so we looked into a helicopter. For 6 people, a helicopter is USD $250 each person.

We found a Nepali guy and a couple from the UK and decided to split a helicopter down to Kathmandu with them.

Getting a helicopter is a struggle, guys. There was lots of waiting around. We were meant to pay in a bank in Lukla for the chopper, but the power went down, so we had to pay in Kathmandu. To ensure we wouldn’t bolt after landing, we handed over our passports to the helicopter organizer, who would give them to the pilot.

After waiting around for about four hours, we learned that the helicopter couldn’t land in Lukla due to the lack of visibility, so we opted to walk downhill for “half an hour.” What the helicopter organizer claimed was a half-hour walk, actually was an hour walk, but luckily it was all downhill.

ebc trek blog

We met our pilot, who was the same guy I had when flying UP to Lukla for EBC round 1!!!

ebc trek blog

The helicopter ride was absolutely breathtaking. It was so so so wonderful and fun, and it was definitely worth the $250.

ebc trek blog

After arriving in Kathmandu, paying for the helicopter ride (and getting our passports back), we checked into the Kathmandu Home Hotel (highly recommend!!!). I went to the tour office where I had bought my ticket to Lukla, and I was able to be refunded the full flight ticket (so the chopper was $100 more than the flight to Lukla would have been).

It was a crazy last day of our trek, but honestly, do you expect anything else from me?

This time going up to EBC was so different from the last, but both were filled with the most incredible people, pure elation, and of course, altitude headaches.

I’ll be back for round three sometime in this crazy lifetime.

Related posts

ebc trek blog

Everything You Need to Know About Backpacking the Grass Lake Trail in Desolation Wilderness

ebc trek blog

Glacier Point To Panorama Point Trail Guide: Everything You Need To Know About This Day Hike

ebc trek blog

Hiking the Castle Dome Trail in Castle Crags State Park: Ultimate Trail Guide

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

16 comments

Thanks for sharing your experience. It is very helpful.

EBC sounds incredible. I have now added it to my bucket list. Thanks for the insight. Happy travels!!

It’s amazing! Couldn’t recommend it more 🙂

The blog was so lucid made me think I will be in for another trip to EBC this time solo with detour to three Passes and Gokyo.

Couldn’t recommend the three passes more!

Very nice Blog ! Thanks for writing this all up. I am planning to go in October 21 but wondering how is the Covid situation ( I assume you went in April 2021) on the way. Is it safe to go?

Hi Hemant! I’m not sure how the COVID situation is, honestly. I would follow Nepal’s COVID and travel advisories, but be aware that things change so rapidly! If you choose to go, I would be extremely cautious in the mountains. Take a bunch of COVID tests prior to going and please get vaccinated if you aren’t already! It’s important to protect both yourself and the Nepali who live in the mountains, as it’s difficult to get to a hospital if needed.

please tell me about total travel cost. and other official paper work.

Hi Abdul! I have a whole post on this! Here’s my budget breakdown !

Aww thank you so much I’m actually smiling here reading that. I wanted a detailed view of a solo trekker and recieved so much more I cant thank you enough! I’m leaving on Wednesday 30th November 2022 to do a 14 day trek here from UK. Looks absolutely beautiful!!

Have so much fun on your trek! 🙂

Great information Articles about your Nepal trek, it’s so detailed info about Everest base camp, I enjoyed to reads so much.

Well crafted article and images of Everest Base Camp trek, Nepal.

Thank you for the great information about Everest Base Camp Trek, this is really helpful for the EBC travelers.

Thanks so much for this detailed post! I’m going solo next week and I can’t wait! Question: how heavy was your pack? I’m sitting at right around 28-30 pounds right now so just curious. Thanks!

Great Articles about your Nepal trek, it’s so detailed info about Everest base camp. Thank you so much for visiting Nepal.

--> For quick Inquiry: +977 98510 42334

--> +977 98510 42334

{{ duration }} Days

  • Trip Itinerary
  • Includes/Excludes
  • Accommodation & Meals

Everest Base Camp Trek | EBC Trekking For 2024/25 - 14 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek | EBC Trekking For 2024/25

  • Guaranteed Satisfaction
  • Transparent Price
  • No hidden fees
  • Experience of a More than two decade
  • Personal Touch & Professional Service

US$ 1,500 US$ 1,350 P/P

Max. Altitude

Starts From

Trip Ends At

Private Drive & Flight

Region/Type

Best Season:

  • Spring (Mar, Apr)
  • Autumn (Mid-Sep - Mid November)

Everest Base Camp Trek | EBC Trekking For 2024/25 Overview

Everest Base Camp Trek - a 14 Days trek is a perfect timeframe to reach the base camp of Mount Everest. Laying at the Solukhumbu district within the Sagarmatha National Park, Everest base camp trek is the most popular trekking amongst trekkers due to the sheer popularity of Mt. Everest.

On your Mount Everest Base Camp Trek , you experience an awe-inspiring view of Mt. Everest from Kala Patthar (black rock) an optimally preferred distance and view the gigantic Everest and relish its empowering glory - quite an extraordinary feeling. The highest elevation you reach on these 14 days is 5545m.

Though Mt. Everest is the most alluring aspect of this trek, nonetheless, other famous peaks like Mt. Ama Dablam, Mt. Lhotse, Mt. Nuptse, Mt. Lobuche, Mt Tawache, etc that also rise high touching the skies in the vicinity, could be an extra treat to your eyes.

Tengboche monastery is another point of attraction for up-close views of the surrounding mountains and Namche Bazzar, the business hub of the region, is the gateway to Everest.

A strong presence of Buddhism can be felt in most of the places on your Everest base camp - 14 days trek route. The colorful prayer flags dancing with the flow of gentle to temperate winds, stupas, monasteries, mani stones on the trekking trails reflect the presence of strong culture within the region.

The terrain is also quite unique surrounded by alpine forests, a 100% Sherpa village with Sherpas, and their simplicity within this harsh environment of mother nature are some noticeable features trekking to the base camp.

Major Attraction of Everest Base Camp Trek

Flight to & from Lukla with a birds-eye view of the beautiful landscape and mountainous terrain.

View of the several eight-thousanders including the mighty Everest.

Stopping places like Namche Bazaar, Syangboche, Thamel, etc.

Attractive Sherpa people with heart-warming cultures, traditions, and hospitality

Buddhist community with own unique and ancient lifestyle

Sagarmatha National Park – one of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites of the world

Monasteries like Rongbuk, Tengboche, Dingboche, Thame, Khumjung, Pangboche, and many more

Himalayan views from Kalapatthar and Everest Base Camp

Tea houses, hotels, and lodges where you acclimatize and take rest

Museum, library, and workshops (like Sherpa Culture Museum, Khumbu International Library, and Pyramid International Laboratory)

Khumbu Icefall and glacier

Peak climbing spots and passes crossing

EBC Trek Difficulty and Preparation

Everest Base Camp Trek is categorized as moderate level in intensity or difficulty level. 

Since you have to reach somewhere around 5500m, hiking 6-7 hrs steep up or down along slide small narrow rugged terrain is required and something you must be prepared ahead of.

If you are in reasonably good physical condition, even beginners will be able to complete the Everest Base Camp Trek successfully according to our gentle acclimatization routine as well as the excellent leadership of Himalayan Trekkers hiking instructors.

Our guides hike alongside you, ensuring that you take regular breaks and drink plenty of water as you ascend further up. They are also first-aid trained and cater to all of your requirements to ensure that you enjoy your 14 days to Everest base camp Trek.

Regular cardiovascular activities at home, such as walking and running, will help you prepare for this adventure. These will help you build up your endurance so that you can embrace this journey to the fullest. 

Best Time For Everest Base Camp Trek

Spring is the most popular season to hike to most of the packages of the Everest Region . The weather will be very clear and dry. Most of the Everest summit happens during March-May and maybe you will come across climbing crew on the trail. 

In spring, you will find the region and trails very beautiful filled with Rhododendron forests in different colors. The trails will be busiest this season with picture-perfect views of nature. 

After spring another best season is Autumn. This season is very popular amongst the trekkers for the magical panoramic view of mountain peaks with less heat and clouds. 

On the trails, you can see the lush green forest filled with different colorful flowers and green landscape as post-monsoon. The Autumn season offers you warm pleasant days with few cold nights. You get the best clear view of Mount Everest in Autumn.

A more detailed version of the weather can be found on our blog page – Weather of Everest Base Camp .

Trek Route to Everest Base Camp

Firstly, you fly from Kathmandu to Lukla, then trek to Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche and Lobuche. From Lobuche, you'll finally reach your dream destination.

If you prefer not to fly to Lukla, you can also reach the base camp by road which is as much as exciting as you get to view the landscape of the entire region all the way from Kathmandu.

After that, you ascend further to Kala Patthar via Gorakshep, which is Everest's first Base Camp. However, there are other alternative routes to the base camp. You trek from Gorakshep to Pheriche, then return via the same route to Namche Bazaar and finally Lukla, where your trek comes to an end and finally you fly back to Kathmandu.

An alternative route to Everest Base Camp Trek would be via Jiri following the classic route .

Throughout your trek, you will be surrounded by the astonishing views of Mount Everest, Ama Dablam, Nuptse, Lhotse, Makalu, Cholhatse, Pumori, and several other snow-capped peaks. On your journey, you can also see glaciers, frozen trek paths, white-water rivers, suspension bridges, and several other natural attractions. 

As you explore these tiny mountain-top villages, gathering with your team and planning for the adventure ahead, you will encounter a number of people, including guides, mountaineers, and porters, as well as additional explorers.

You'll walk through the Himalayan wilderness on your feet, passing prayer flag-draped suspension bridges and observation points in the heart of the Himalayas.  

Every step you take takes you closer to the majestic Mt. Everest, also known as Sagarmatha in Nepali and Chomolungma in Tibetan. As you meet the friendly locals who dwell in these communities scattered along the trek route, you get to learn more about those names. 

Furthermore, no other journey will bring you closer to the world's tallest summit, Mt. Everest, which is recognized as the most inspiring experience in the Himalayas. All in all, this trekking is a life-changing experience that leaves you with an unrivaled collection of memories. 

If you haven't yet considered trekking along this unbelievably gorgeous route then adding that to the bucket list is definitely a priority!

For time-restricted travelers, a short trek to Everest can be merely completed in just 8 days and for those who want more luxury, Himalayan Trekkers' Everest Luxury Trek would be a good choice.

Itinerary in Details

Day 1: arrival in kathmandu.

🕑 30 Min Drive to Hotel

Max Altitude: 1350 M

Our representative will receive you from the airport upon your arrival and safely transfer you to the hotel. The airport is located 8 km southwest of Thamel where the hotel is located. It takes around 20-30 minutes to reach the hotel from the airport depending on the traffic. 

If you arrive in the morning or by noon then we will take you to stroll around a couple of tourist places around Thamel after you freshen up at the hotel.  In the evening, we will take you for the welcome dinner and brief you about the trek.  

Meals: Welcome Dinner

Accommodation: Standard Hotel in KTM

Day 2: Fly to Lukla & Trek to Phakding

🕑 35 Min flight & 3 Hours Hike

Max Altitude: 2610 M

The flight to Lukla usually takes off during the morning and it is also better to fly in the morning in terms of safety since we’ll be flying above rocky cliffs and a zigzag landscape. We prefer and suggest morning flights as it skips the harsh wind, and the weather is more clear.

After the 35 minutes flight to Lukla, we will enjoy a fresh and hygienic breakfast in Lukla and prepare for the trip. We then start our hike toward our dream destination. Our next stop will be Phakding. The route is plain mostly, but a couple of gradual downhill hikes are included. 

This hike is a great start as we get acclimatized along the way, it’s a preparation for the further hikes during the trek. We pass a couple of villages enjoying the mesmerizing view then we’ll finally reach Phakding. 

Phakding will be where we will spend the night. But if you wish to hike further to make the trail a bit shorter for the next day then you could hike further to Monjo. 

Meals: Breakfast Lunch & Dinner

Accommodation: Tea House

Day 3: Trek to Namche Bazaar

🕑 5 Hours Walk

Max Altitude: 3,440 M

We start our trek after breakfast passing through Monjo, Jorsale, Everest National Park entry, and then we hike upwards for 4 hours after crossing the Hillary suspension bridge over Dudh Koshi River. During our upward hike, we see the first view of Everest on the trek. 

You can stroll around the narrow alleys of Namche Bazar chatting with the locals, visit various monasteries, Sherpa villages, and local cafes and also take photographs in this picturesque town.

If you are lucky enough to reach Namche Bazar on a Tuesday, then you will get a wonderful opportunity to observe the Haat Bazar (farmers market/weekly market) where farmers and traders sell their products on stalls. This market is very lively and the perfect opportunity to buy souvenirs to take back home. 

Meals: Breakfast, Lunch & Dinner

Day 4: Acclimatization and Explore around Namche Bazaar

🕑 Full Day

We usually include 2 days for acclimatization in Namche in most of our packages. But you have two activities option for this day. The first option is that you can hike up to Syangboche early in the morning for a Sunrise view from where a beautiful view of sunrise peeking through the Himalayas, as well as landscape and Namche Bazar view from the hilltop, can be seen. 

The hike to Syangboche takes around 2 hours up and down. After the hike, you can have breakfast in the courtyard of Everest View Hotel enjoying the view of Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Ama Dablam, Thamserku, Kongde, Kangtega, Kusum Kangaru, and other high Himalayas. 

After this, you can return to the hotel in Namche and stroll around in the evening. Namche Bazar is the last stop during the trek where you can purchase necessary goodies and withdraw cash. 

Another option is that, if Khumjung is not covered on your itinerary while returning back, you can hike to Khumjung Village on this day. If you are willing to experience a full-day excursion then this will be the best option. This hike takes 4 to 5 hours up and down. 

Please do consult with our professional guide in advance then he will be happy to take you to the Khumjung Village. The highlights of this village are monasteries and the view of the Himalayas seen from here is mesmerizing. In Khumjung, lots of notable infrastructures are contributed to the community by Sir Edmund Hillary. 

After this, you can return back to the hotel in Namche and stroll around in the evening. 

Note: If you do not want to spend two nights in Namche then you can also spend the second night in Khumjung but you will have to inform us in advance so that we can customize your trip. 

Day 5: Trek to Tengboche

Max Altitude: 3900 M

Post breakfast, you will start your journey towards Tengboche, a mesmerizing Khumjung village having the largest gompa (gumba). The breathtaking trail is in continues from above Dudh Kosi. From here onwards, the stunning view of the mountains like Mt Everest, Nuptse, Ama Dablam, and Lhotse in the Khumbu region can be observed.

You will then trek through settlements that reflect the culture of the place and small tea shops that look like a place on the pages of fables. Next, you will make a halt at Phunki Tenga for lunch. 

After lunch and relaxation, you will walk towards a steep climb of 3 hours to Tengboche. After further climbing, you will finally reach Tengboche where you can witness gorgeous views of the Himalayas.

Day 6: Trek to Dingboche

Max Altitude: 4410 M

With the beautiful scenic views of the surrounding mountains, you start your trek towards Dingboche. On your way, you can see the barley, buckwheat and potato field. 

You can explore the village, enjoy a hot cup of coffee or local tea.

Day 7: Trek to Lobuche

🕑 4/5 Hours Walk

Max Altitude: 4930 M

On this day, you will cross a green wide valley overlooked by the extraordinary peaks of Cholatse and Tawache. When you turn right, you will move towards a steep climb to reach the foot of the Khumbu Glacier. 

The quaint teahouse at Duglha will be an amazing stop for lunch. Then, continue on a zigzag trail that will take you through the glacier's terminal moraine.

When we reach the top of our climb, you will find many stone cairns which have been constructed as memorials to the brave Sherpas who died while climbing to conquer the mighty Mt Everest. 

The path ascends along the glacier and you will notice many little houses at Lobuche. The entire trail will be covered in approximately 4-5 hours.

Day 8: Trek to Everest Base Camp via Gorakshep

🕑 7 Hours Walk

Max Altitude: 5364 M

Finally, the day which you have awaited the most, trek to Everest Base Camp . Today the hiking hours are a bit longer than previous days, i.e. 7 hours but worthwhile. You make up to the EBC via Gorakshep. 

Gorakshep is the original Base camp of Mt. Everest at an altitude of 5180 meters. The trail is a rocky path with a view of snow peaks, glaciers, and icebergs. You finally reach the Everest Base Camp. 

The extraordinary and incredible view is an additional advantage in your journey to the Base Camp. Now, after spending some moments here, you will trek back to Gorakshep to spend the night at a trekking lodge.

Day 9: Trek to Kala Pathar and Back to Pheriche

🕑 6 Hours Walk

Max Altitude: 5545 M

Today you start your early morning trek to Kala Patthar to experience the stunning sunrise view of the mountains. You get to see the spectacular panoramic view of Mt. Everest, Pumori, Khumbutse, Nuptse, Lhotse, Lingtren, etc.  The trek duration will be about 6 hours and you reach Pheriche to spend the night at a guest house.

Day 10: Trek back from Pheriche to Tengboche

Your trek begins from Pheriche and ends at Tengboche. You will pass through the lush green forest, beautiful rivers, uniquely built monasteries, and nonetheless the background view of Mt. Ama Dablam. 

The return trek for the day stretches another 4-5 hours or more. Have amazing views on your trail through the alpine valley. You will cross the Khumbu Khola and ascend a steep trail to reach the top of a small ridge where you can enjoy beautiful views of Kangtega, Amadablam, and Imja Valley.

You will steadily make your way through a mesmerizing forest of rhododendron, juniper as well as fir and with a gradual climb through the forest to reach Tengboche. During the spring season, you can totally feel the beauty of the magical rhododendron flowers. You will stay overnight at a guest house in Tengboche.

Day 11: Trek back to Namche Bazaar

Max Altitude: 3440 M

On this day, you will start your journey to Dudh Kosi and cross a bridge, then pass through lush pine trees and ultimately reach Thasinga. Still, you will get to see the Thamserku and Kangtega.  Next, The trail continues above the valley and moves through nature’s beauty Sanasa. At Kyangjuma, you will eventually reach Namche from Tengboche.

Day 12: Trek back to Lukla from Namche

🕑 6/7 Hours Walk

Max Altitude: 2860 M

On your last day of the trek, your way back to Lukla will lead you through a steep rocky trail in the terrain and cross several suspension bridges over the Dudh Koshi River. The bridges serve as a pass-through for beautiful rhododendron and pine forest, and dreamlike Sherpa villages, and finally take you on the trails to arrive at Lukla. The entire trail stretches over 6-7 hours by walk.

The place looks even more beautiful as you are carrying back lots of reviving memories. Once you reach Lukla, you will stay overnight at a guest house.

Day 13: Fly to Kathmandu & Transfer to Hotel

🕑 35 Min Flight and 30 Min Drive to Hotel

You will fly back to Kathmandu leaving the Solukhumbu district. The flight duration is about 30 minutes. We Himalayan trekkers team would be extremely glad to assist you with your achievement of reaching the Everest Base Camp. 

We really hope you had a heartwarming experience with us and in Nepal. After a short break spending in a hotel, sightseeing at some UNESCO-listed heritage sites, and later in the evening a farewell dinner is organized by us where you can have authentic Nepalese food in a popular Nepali restaurant.

Meals: Breakfast & Farewell Dinner

Day 14: Final Departure from Kathmandu

🕑 30 Min Drive to Airport

After/Before breakfast as per your flight schedule, check-out from the hotel to catch your scheduled flight to the Airport with a representative from Himalayan Trekkers, Looking for your words on us and waiting for you for next leisure/vacation in Nepal, Bhutan Tibet, and India. Have a safe journey onward to your destination.

Meals: Breakfast

Everest Base Camp Trek | EBC Trekking For 2024/25 Map

Similar itinerary.

Annapurna Base Camp Trek, Itinerary, Cost in 2024/25

Gokyo Valley Trek

Everest View Trek

Langtang Trek Itinerary, Guide, and Cost

Everest Base Camp Budget Trek

Quick Enquiry

* Your personal information is always secured with us.

Please wait...

No PDF available

  • All ground transfers in a private vehicle including airport pickup and dropoff
  • Twin/Double sharing 3* Standard Category accommodations in Kathmandu
  • Daily breakfast at Hotel in Kathmandu
  • Twin/Double Sharing lodge/Tea House/Guest house Accommodations during the trek as per itinerary
  • Meals - Breakfast, Lunches & Dinner during the trek
  • Domestic (Kathmandu – Lukla – Kathmandu) airfare and taxes 
  • An experienced English speaking guide & required porters as per group size
  • All wages, allowances, insurance, medical and equipment for supporting crew.
  • Sagarmatha (Everest) National Park Fees
  • Trekkers' Information Management System fees & Local Province (Municipality/Village) Fees (All Permits)
  • Welcome or Farewell Dinner in Authentic Nepali restaurant
  • Government taxes
  • Nepal Entry Visa Fees 
  • International Airfare & Departure Taxes
  • Excess baggage (cargo) charges
  • Meals (Lunch & Dinner) in the city
  • Personal expenses such as phone calls, laundry, bar bills, battery recharge, extra porters, bottle or boiled water, hot shower, etc.
  • Tips for guides/driver/porters
  • Any extra cost arising from bad weather, unfavorable circumstances (road blockage, landslide, flight delay, etc.)
  • Travel Insurance

Trek to the EBC requires lots of walking, like around 5-6 hrs in a day.

We strongly recommend you to do some physical exercise (activities such as walking, running, swimming, or hiking of some kind) to be physically fit at least a couple of months before your trek starting date.

Our price includes accommodation, meals, city tours & all ground and air transport all-inclusive. Other personal expenses totally depend upon your shopping habits. 

You are only liable to pay for additional meals, table drinks, snacks, hot showers (accessible in some places), alcoholic drinks, & meals in the city. 

Tips to the guides, porter, or any other members are not mandatory. You can tip them if you are satisfied with their service.

If well prepared and physically fit, anyone with planning, proper gears, and with the help of a professional experienced guide, anyone can do the Everest Base Camp trek. 

Carelessness, non-hygienic food, dehydration, stress, and lack of proper guidance are some of the major factors that lead to ACute mountain sickness (AMS). 

With Himalayan Trekkers, we take care of your well-being – so you need not worry about it.

Your safety is our topmost priority and we make sure that you are sound on every step. 

If by chance anyone gets sick, we will take you to the nearest hospital asap. If the condition is more critical – a rescue helicopter is called & the expenses are covered by the insurance company.

Thus insurance is mandatory for this trek with a policy that covers up to an altitude of 5500 m. Additionally, the insurance package should also cover loss/theft of baggage or equipment.

After the trek confirmation, all we require from you is a digital copy of your valid passport, a passport size photograph, and also a confirmation of the airline ticket when done.

A detailed FAQ's on Everest Base Camp can be found on our blog page.

Have Any Questions?

Processing, Please wait...

Accommodation

Our package offers  3*  standard category accommodations with breakfasts on a twin/double sharing basis in Kathmandu. (Accommodations in Kathmandu can be modified as per the availability, interest, requirements, and prior request of the travelers, however, the prices will also be altered accordingly). 

During the trekking journeys, the services might not meet the expectations of the accommodations like in Kathmandu, but we provide the best available, neat, clean, and hygienic teahouse and lodge lodgings with attached washroom and hot shower facilities. These are all on a twin sharing or double sharing basis.  

Some of the well-known hiking trails also include lodgings with the amenities you would expect from a star-tagged hotel where you can find some nice cafes and bakeries. 

Single Supplementary 

  • This package is designed on a twin sharing basis and if the trekkers favor a single supplementary bedroom during the entire trip in Kathmandu and the trek, then the service is available with additional cost as per the package and requirement. 
  • This package is designed based on two travelers sharing a porter, however, if the travelers wish for a personal porter due to extra luggage and other personal reasons then we are happy to provide you the service with an additional charge. 

Note: A professional guide will lead the group however small or large the group size is, but, we also add an assistant guide according to the group size and in case of necessity.

Meals During the entire Trip to EBC

Meals in Kathmandu/Cities

Breakfasts are included in the accommodation that is provided in the package. Whereas lunch, dinner, and drinks are casual for the trekkers, since they can choose from the wide range of cuisines and restaurants/cafes/pubs available in the cities, we do not prefer to add them to our package. 

During the city tours, our guide or drivers will suggest to you the places to stop by for lunch and dinner as per your interest if needed. 

Meals during the trek to Everest Base Camp

All three main meals (Breakfast, Lunch & Dinner) are also included in the package during the trek. The food menus and services may differ depending upon the trekking route and altitude. But, authentic Nepali and Tibetan menus are found almost anywhere. Also, most of the trekking trails have Indian, continental, and western menus. The trekkers can choose the meals from the Menu and we follow the Alakat system in most of the places. 

In addition, we offer our guests a welcome or farewell dinner in Kathmandu. 

Note:   In the Everest region, a couple of places such as Lukla, Namche has a wide range of accommodation ranging from basic teahouses to comfortable lodges/hotels, and their prices differ from budget to high cost. Lots of cafes, restaurants, bakeries, and bars are also available here. Thus, the interested travelers can upgrade the services in available places at additional costs by informing us in advance. 

Similar Trips

Everest Mani Rimdu Festival Trek

Classic Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest North Base Camp Trek

Lhasa Everest Base Camp Tour

Everest Base Camp Trek with Tibet Tour

Popular Reads

Must Visit Buddhist Heritage Sites in Nepal

Marijuana in Nepalese Tourism

Nepal Reopening for Trekking from 17 October

Is it worth visiting Humla and Limi Valley Nepal?

PERFECT !!  We´re from Brazil and was recommended Himalayan Trekkers. We contacted Raj and the schedule was perfect. He was waiting for us at airport, and we had a pretty nice reception. We stayed a couple of days with him before starting the adventure, and all the time he was very nice and attentive with us. The trekking was PERFECT. The weather of everest base camp was also very nice. Our guide was very nice and friendly. We had all the support on the way! Raj has a very professional team, and everything he does is with quality and security! It was the trip of my life! I RECOMMEND!!!
A fantastic Trek to Everest base camp I was in travelling with Adventure Mission Nepal (Himalayan Trekkers) and thank to AMN, we can see beautiful view and enjoyed perfect moment. Pls come to Nepal and contact to Adventure Mission Nepal. You will not miss any wonderfull moment :)

United States

Trek to EBC The trek goes through some breathtaking vistas. And in November most of the days were sunny, but tends to be cold and breezy early in the day and late in the evening. Madan my guide was excellent and very helpful. He knows the area very well. Raj Dhamala has always been very quick to respond to your question and concern. On the whole my experience with them has been excellent and I would recommend them highly.
Trek to EBC Our tour operator was Adventure Mission Nepal. The owner Raj is a very kind & accommodating person. He had everything in place when we got to Kathmandu. On arrival, Raj met us at the hotel & briefed us on the expedition since we had to take a 4-hour drive to Ramechap to get a flight to Lukla. The guide put in charge of us is well experienced. It was a 14-day tour & the itinerary was well planned with 2 days inbuilt for acclimation. The tour company helped us to purchase all the gear needed for the trek from Kathmandu. We were given clean good places for accommodation & the food was excellent. The porter was also a very nice chap. All in all, it was an awesome experience. Thank you, Raj for everything, your kindness & the advice & support.

Václav Pešout

Czech Republic

EBC trek Everest Base Camp trek with great arrangements by Adventure Mission Nepal. Pickup up on the airport, support during choosing equipment, setup daily programs and many others. Very experienced guides and professional access by Raj made this trip unforgettable. I would certainly recommend Himalayan Trekkers. Thank You, Guys    
The BEST in Nepal I had the best experience with Raj! I wasn't just about the trip, it was also about the hospitality and how this company care about their travelers. They only work with the best trekking and tour guides which makes a huge difference! I highly recommend Adventure Mission Nepal (Himalayan Trekkers) for all of your travel and trekking in Nepal!

Sergio Alforo

  Great experience in Everest with Himalyan Trekkers!!! Great experience, fantastic views, good guide and Mt. Everest. Lakpha with his porters were amazing to take care in Everest. His knowledge about mountains, culture, and nature of this region was fav. Got chance to meet Lakpha's family. Raj organized everything for us, it was a stress-free trek. Will return soon. Highly recommended.

Harry Ruscoe

Great Everest base camp trek!... My Husband and I spent a memorable fifteen day holiday by trekking in Everest region in Nepal. The entire trip from start to finish was organised by Himalayan Trekkers..... our guide Sankar and helper Tsring were amazing... Everything was well organized by the Team.... We both had a great time .....Highly recommended!
1st trek to Everest, Nepal with Adventure Mission Nepal... Being one of the mountain lover, I visited Nepal under Adventure Mission Nepal. Mate Raj and went for Everest base camp trek. Seriously... I fall in love with mountains, people and nature of the Everest region. Balkrisna (my guide) & Phurba (porter) were too good who always took proper care of mine in mountains.  Thanks everyone for a wonderful experience in Everest. I will surely be back for Annapurna circuit trek. See you guys. Take care.

Cole Sariak

Amazing trek to Everest base camp... Great, Glorious and Gained trek to Everest base camp. From initial day till the moment of leaving Nepal after farewell was wonderful. Thanks Raj, Shankar and Dawa for everything you did for us to make this trek wonderful and memorable one. See you in next vacation.

Selena Clinton

Great Trek with Himalayan Trekkers !! Wow! What a great time i enjoyed with Himalayan Trekkers ! Enjoyed a lot in this fantastic trek to Everest base camp. Raj & his family were too close to me in short duration. Thanks Raj, Dawa & Manbhadur for everything you did for me to bring smile in my face. Bye & see you soon guys... Highly recommended for any kind of adventure in Nepal.  

Associated With

Ways you can pay.

© 2024 Himalayan Trekkers. All rights reserved.

TripTins

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary Blog | 11 Days in the Himalayas

By: Author Charles

Posted on February 3, 2023

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary Blog | 11 Days in the Himalayas

Are you looking for a day by day Everest Base Camp trek itinerary?

Well, you have come to the right place because this guide will walk you through exactly what to expect during your 11 days in the Himalayas as you explore the region.

It will go over trekking stats such as distance, duration, and elevation gain, as well as what each day out on the trail will be like. Hope you enjoy it!

*  Affiliate Disclosure : This post may contain affiliate links, which means I may receive a commission if you make a purchase through the links provided, at no additional cost to you. Thanks for supporting the work I put into TripTins!

Everest Base Camp Trek Overview

If you are doing your research on the Everest Base Camp trek I am sure you will come across plenty of itinerary variations. While Everest Base Camp is a true highlight of the region, there are plenty of other additions that can make the ordinary 11-day trek into a 3+ week trek.

This guide however, will just focus on the classic 11 day Everest Base Camp trek itinerary without any of the additional add-ons or side treks.

It is the perfect hiking experience for those who want to get a taste of the Himalayas and get up close and personal to the highest mountain in the world.

» Be sure to check out this in depth guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek that goes into detail about everything and anything you will need to know for your time in the region.

Below is the 11 day overview of the trek alongside the elevation profile and some helpful daily statistics:

Day 1 : Fly to Lukla | Hike to Phakding Day 2 : Phakding to Namche Bazaar Day 3 : Acclimatization Day | Hotel Everest View Day 4 : Namche Bazaar to Tengboche Day 5 : Tengoche to Dingboche Day 6 : Acclimatization Day | Nangkartshang Peak Day 7 : Dingboche to Lobuche Day 8 : Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp to Gorak Shep Day 9 : Kalapattar Trek | Gorak Shep to Pheriche Day 10 : Pheriche to Namche Bazaar Day 11 : Namche Bazaar to Lukla Day 12 : Morning flight to Kathmandu

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Elevation Profile

Everest Base Camp Packing List

To have a successful Everest Base Camp trek, you will need to come prepared with the right gear.

Remember, this is an 11 day trek and it will very likely include some cold conditions along the way. By utilizing the packing list below, you should be in great shape with all necessary gear and other essentials.

The Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List I put together goes into detail about everything to bring along and will explain more thoroughly why certain items are recommended.

Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List PDF

Considering travel insurance for the Everest Base Camp Trek? World Nomads offers coverage for more than 150 adventure activities as well as emergency medical, lost luggage, trip cancellation and more. For years, World Nomads has been protecting, connecting & inspiring independent travelers, offering travel insurance & safety advice to help you travel confidently. Their mission is to support and encourage travelers to explore their boundaries . World Nomads has simple and flexible travel insurance that has been designed by travelers for travelers. Even if you leave home without travel insurance or your policy runs out, you can buy or extend out on the road. Get a quote for a World Nomads travel insurance policy today!

Day 1 – Fly to Lukla | Trek to Phakding

Duration : 3 Hours

Distance : 5.1 miles / 8.2 km

Starting Elevation : 9,318 ft / 2,840 m

Ending Elevation : 8,563 ft / 2,610 m

True Elevation Gain : 909 ft / 277 m

Net Elevation Gain : -755 ft / -230 m

Learn More → Lukla to Phakding Day 1

Before heading off on the trek, you will first need to get yourself from Kathmandu to Lukla on a short 30 minute flight.

The Kathmandu to Lukla flight is one of the most memorable routes in the world, and soon enough you will be landing on the short mountainside strip of runway.

Once you are off the plane and collect your bags, you can grab a nice breakfast in town before starting the hike towards Lukla.

Important Note : Flights sometimes only depart from Ramechhap, a 5-6 hour drive from Kathmandu. Be sure to check the latest flight schedules to better understand if Kathmandu offers departures during your trip.

Lukla Airport Runway

This will be one of the shortest and easiest days of the trek, as you will only be hiking for about 3 hours and you will actually be heading downhill for most of the journey.

The trail will be a mixture of paved pathways, dirt, and navigable rock as you pass by some smaller villages and make your way further into the Khumbu Valley.

Since you will be on some of the lower portion of trail, you will have plenty of greenery all around you with some snowcapped mountains further out in the distance.

A few days into the trail, you won’t have much greenery at all as you increase your elevation so it is definitely a unique portion of trail to trek through.

You will also have the first glimpse of the Dudh Kosi river down below, which you will be following throughout a large portion of the trek. As you approach Phakding, you will head across a few suspension bridges before making it into town center.

Lukla to Phakding Trail

Day 2 – Phakding to Namche Bazaar

Duration : 7 Hours

Distance : 6.8 miles / 10.9 km

Starting Elevation : 8,563 ft / 2,610 m

Ending Elevation : 11,286 ft / 3,440 m

True Elevation Gain : 3,986 ft / 1,125 m

Net Elevation Gain : 2,723 ft / 830 m

Learn More → Phakding to Namche Bazaar Day 2

Today will be a big day as you head towards the largest village of the trek – Namche Bazaar. Over the course of 7 hours you will make your way up the valley, as you cross plenty of suspension bridges and smaller villages along the way.

You will want to pace yourself during the trek as you gain nearly +4,000 feet of elevation over the course of 7 miles. Be sure to take frequent breaks, stay hydrated, and fuel up along the way.

Similar to the first day, you will have a mixture of terrain on day 2. It will include everything from an easy paved stone pathway to more technical uneven rocks later on in the day.

The route will follow the river further into the valley as you get the chance to take in some stunning views of the water down below and mountain peaks up high. It is also the one of the days with the most amount of suspension bridge crossings as you zig zag your way into Sagarmatha National Park inching closer to Namche.

While the route is a moderate uphill climb for most of the way, the final 2 or so miles are the toughest as the incline gets steeper and steeper. Here is where you will find some of that more uneven terrain as you rapidly gain altitude.

Not too far from Namche, you will come across one last main resting area, where you will get to see your first glimpses of Mount Everest itself through the trees (at least on a clear day that is).

It is then one last push towards Namche Bazaar, where you will be staying for the next 2 nights of your journey.

Phakding to Namche Bazaar River

Day 3 – Namche Bazaar Acclimatization

Distance : 3.4 miles / 5.4 km

Starting Elevation : 11,286 ft / 3,440 m

Ending Elevation : 12,730 ft / 3,880 m

True Elevation Gain : 1,444 f / 440 m

Net Elevation Gain : 1,444 f / 440 m

Learn More → Namche Bazaar Acclimatization Day 3

Instead of continuing the trek towards Everest Base Camp, on day 3 you will take part of an acclimatization hike to better prepare your body for the continuous high altitude that is yet to come.

A popular day hike from Namche Bazaar to take part of is the one up to the Hotel Everest View, located around 1,400 feet above the town center. You will be able to leave your heavy pack at the teahouse and just head up with a small daypack as you get to enjoy a few hours of trekking.

Along the way you up will get glimpses of the famous Ama Dablam mountain and the Everest mountain range (Everest, Nupste, and Lhoste).

Eventually you will reach the hotel itself, where you can head onto the back-patio area to relax for a bit. From the patio area you will have some fantastic views of Everest way out in the distance as you grab some food and drinks.

Once you are all set at the hotel, you can make your way back down the same way you came up and then enjoy another night in Namche Bazaar.

Hotel Everest View Himalayas

Day 4 – Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

Duration : 5 Hours

Distance : 6.0 miles / 9.6 km

Ending Elevation : 12,664 ft / 3,860 m

True Elevation Gain : 2,881 ft / 878 m

Net Elevation Gain : 1,378 ft / 420 m

Learn More → Namche Bazaar to Tengboche Day 4

After 2 nights in Namche, it is time to pack up your bags and make your way towards the village of Tengboche. Today’s journey will take you high up alongside the valley wall as you slowly gain elevation throughout the way.

For a solid portion of trail you will have vast views of the Everest mountain range and the mountain of Ama Dablam. On a clear day, these views are tough to beat and this is one of my favorite parts of the entire trek.

Although it is an incredibly scenic route, the trail will soon become more and more difficult. Instead of continuing higher up in elevation towards Tengboche, the trail will head all the way down towards the valley floor on some uneven and rocky terrain.

After crossing a suspension bridge, it is time to gain all of that elevation right back (and then some) as you make the final tough ascent to Tengboche. It certainly isn’t an easy climb as you gain over 1,500 feet in this last portion of trail on some tricky terrain.

Soon enough though you will approach the village of Tengboche, where you can head on over to your teahouse to spend the night.

Bonus : be sure to check out the Tengboche Monastery during your time in the village

Tengboche Monastery

Day 5 – Tengboche to Dingboche

Duration : 6 Hours

Distance : 6.5 miles / 10.5 km

Starting Elevation : 12,664 ft / 3,860 m

Ending Elevation : 14,469 ft / 4,410 m

True Elevation Gain : 2,287 ft / 697 m

Net Elevation Gain : 1,805 ft / 550 m

Learn More → Tengboche to Dingboche Day 5

Next up on the Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is the village of Dingboche, where you will be spending two nights to better acclimatize to the altitude.

While you will be gaining a bit over 2,000 feet of elevation throughout today’s hike, nearly all of it is done at a gentle incline. You will have some similar views to the previous day as you get to enjoy more of Ama Dablam and the Everest mountain range.

Now that you are getting closer to the mountain range itself, you will begin to lose the views of the top of Mount Everest but you will still get to take in the views of the neighboring mountains.

In the middle of the hike, you will also pass through the village of Pangboche, which can be a great spot to relax, have some food, and enjoy the view of the Everest mountain range out in front of you.

It is then onwards and upwards towards Dingboche as you experience some new surrounding landscapes. The village will soon come into view as you finish up day 5 and head to a teahouse for the next two nights of the trek.

Dingboche Village

Day 6 – Dingboche Acclimatization

Distance : 3.2 miles / 5.1 km

Starting Elevation : 14,469 ft / 4,410 m

Ending Elevation : 16,677 ft / 5,083 m

True Elevation Gain : 2,208 ft / 673 m

Net Elevation Gain : 2,208 ft / 673 m

Learn More → Dingboche Acclimatization Day 6

It is now time for yet another acclimatization day as you spend some additional time around Dingboche. A popular day hike is to head up the mountain just behind the village – Nangkartshang Peak.

It certainly isn’t an easy climb as you gain over 2,000 feet of elevation in just 3 miles but the views on the way up and from the peak are well worth the effort.

After having some breakfast at your teahouse, you can grab your daypack and follow the zig zagging route up the mountain. As you ascend Nangkartshang you will be begin to take in some beautiful views of the surrounding valleys.

Behind you will be views of the route that you came in on, to your left will be the valley towards Lobuche (which you will be heading to on day 7), and to your right will be views of Ama Dablam and several other scenic mountains.

Since this route does gain quite a bit of elevation and is an uphill climb throughout, be sure to take frequent breaks as you make your way up. This way you not only can have a rest, but it also gives you a chance to just sit back and enjoy the views in all directions.

As you continue your way up, the terrain will begin to get a bit trickier as you maneuver your way through a rocky terrain towards the summit. Once you reach the top of Nangkartshang, get those photo ops in and take in one of the top views of the entire trek.

Nangkartshang Peak Hike

Day 7 – Dingboche to Lobuche

Distance : 4.9 miles / 7.9 km

Ending Elevation : 16,109 ft / 4,910 m

True Elevation Gain : 2,008 ft / 612 m

Net Elevation Gain : 1,640 ft / 500 m

Learn More → Dingboche to Lobuche Day 7

After spending 2 nights in Dingboche and getting your body better acclimatized, you can continue on to the next village of this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary – Lobuche.

This is one of the easier days of the trek as you make your way through the valley and up towards the famous Khumbu Glacier. A good portion of the day will be spent trekking on the path etched into the valley wall. For the most part, there will just be a slight incline throughout as you slowly gain elevation.

As you approach the base of the glacier, you will reach a tiny village called Thukla. This is a great spot to take a break and relax at as the next portion of trail gets tougher.

There will be a ~45 minute climb up the Thukla pass, which will be the hardest part of the day. Once you are through the climb though you will begin to walk right up alongside the glacier and towards Lobuche for night 7 of the trek.

Dingboche to Loboche Trail

Day 8 – Lobuche to Gorak Shep + Everest Base Camp

Distance : 7.3 miles / 11.7 km

Starting Elevation : 16,109 ft / 4,910 m (Pheriche)

EBC Elevation : 17,598 ft / 5,364 m

Ending Elevation : 16,814 ft / 5,125 m (Gorak Shep)

True Elevation Gain : 1,647 ft / 502 m

Net Elevation Gain : 1,489 ft / 454 m (Lobuche to EBC)

Learn More → Lobuche to Gorak Shep & Gorak Shep to EBC Day 8

Up next is the highest village of the trek, Gorak Shep. Not only that, but you will also finally be heading to Mount Everest Base Camp itself!

» A quick tip here – I would recommend getting an earlier start to your day. Not only because you will have a lot of trekking in front of you but also due to the fact that rooms at teahouses in Gorak Shep can sell out (in peak season). By starting early you can better guarantee a spot and not be stuck sleeping in the common area.

You will start the day by heading out of Lobuche and walking alongside the Khumbu Glacier towards Gorak Shep. Most of the trek up will be pretty straightforward, however you will find short steeper sections as well.

As you continue the climb up, you will begin to get better and better views of the Khumbu Glacier, the Everest mountain range, and surrounding peaks. At some point you will be able to see a very tiny sliver of the top of Everest as well.

Around ¾ of the way through the trail, you will come to a section where you must cross over a glacier. Here is where the trail can get pretty tricky so be sure to watch your step all the way through.

Don’t worry – you wont be walking on slippery ice. The glacier here is covered with sand and rock, so you should always have a solid grip.

Once past the glacier section though, you will be welcomed to the tiny village of Gorak Shep. Head on over to your teahouse, where you can check in, drop your belongings, and have some lunch before continuing on with your day.

Khumbu Glacier Gorak Shep

It is now time to head over to Everest Base Camp. This 4 hour round trip hike will take you to the starting point where mountaineers begin their ascent up the tallest mountain in the world.

The hike will take you right alongside the Khumbu Glacier as you head towards the end of the valley. You will have some great views of the glacier and surrounding mountains all the way through.

While the terrain isn’t too steep here, it can get quite technical as much of the trail is actually done on the edge of the Khumbu Glacier itself.

After some time of hiking, you will begin to see the famous Khumbu Icefall (the first part of the Mount Everest climb), as well as the top of Mount Everest itself.

Soon enough, the famous Mount Everest Base Camp rock will come into view. Surrounded in Sherpa prayer flags, the rock is the final stop for trekker’s base camp.

If you are heading to the region around April/May, you will see mountaineers’ base camp further out in the distance right next to the bottom of the icefall.

After enjoying base camp for a bit and wandering around the area, it is the same route back towards Gorak Shep, where you will spend a night.

Mount Everest Base Camp

Day 9 – Kalapathar + Gorak Shep to Pheriche

Duration : 8 Hours

Distance : 9.4 miles / 15.2 km

Starting Elevation : 16,814 ft / 5,125 m (Gorak Shep)

Kala Patthar Elevation : 18,176 ft / 5,540 m

Ending Elevation : 13,911 ft / 4,240 m (Pheriche)

True Elevation Gain : 1,480 ft / 451 m

Net Elevation Gain : -2,903 ft / -885 m (Gorak Shep to Pheriche)

Learn More → Kala Patthar Trek & Gorak to Pheriche Day 9

It is now time to start the trek back towards Lukla, but not before heading up to the peak of Kalapathar to take in one of the best Mount Everest views of the trek (which also happens to be the highest point of the trek at 18,176 feet / 5,540 meters).

The most popular option here is to head to the peak for sunrise, head back down to Gorak Shep for breakfast and then make your way to Pheriche. While you can’t go wrong with that option, I would also recommend switching Kalapathar to sunset of day 8 ONLY if the weather is clear.

The reason I recommend this is because the sun sets in the opposite direction of Everest, lighting up the mountain and the sky during a sunset.

Sunrise on the other hand comes up from behind Everest, so you won’t experience the “lighting up” of the mountain, rather it will be more of a silhouette.

The reason why a sunrise on day 9 is more popular than a sunset on day 8 is because the weather in the afternoon/evening times are usually cloudier with less visibility than the mornings. So again, I would only recommend a sunset on day 8 if the weather is clear.

The trek up Kalapathar will take 1.5-2 hours as you slowly gain elevation and leave Gorak Shep behind. The views will continuously get better and better, as you enjoy the Khumbu Glacier, Khumbu Icefall, and of course Mount Everest itself.

Once you reach the Kalapathar summit you will have 360 degree views of Sagarmatha National Park, and will either be able to enjoy the last moments of sun (sunset on day 8), or the first moments of light (sunrise on day 9).

Kala Patthar Peak

After making your way back down the mountain, head to your guesthouse, grab some food and then get ready for the trek back to Pheriche.

The hike to Pheriche will essentially be the same exact route that you took on days 7 and 8 as Pheriche lays just below Dingboche.

First you will make the hike to Lobuche as you cross back over the glacier area as you leave Gorak Shep and then slowly lose elevation towards Lobuche.

You will have some beautiful views right down the valley with the Khumbu Glacier off to your left. You can stop in Lobuche for some lunch before continuing on with your day.

It is then following the path along the Khumbu, until you head on to the Thukla Pass and back down towards Pheriche.

Once down from the pass, you will cross the river and take the low route towards Pheriche (on the way up you would have taken the higher route from Dingboche). You will soon reach the village, where you will stay for the night before heading back to Namche.

Trek to Lobuche Nepal

Day 10 – Pheriche to Namche Bazaar

Distance : 12.1 miles / 19.5 km

Starting Elevation : 13,911 ft / 4,240 m

True Elevation Gain : 2,234 ft / 681 m

Net Elevation Gain : -2,625 ft / -800 m

Learn More → Pheriche to Namche Bazaar Day 10

While you will continue losing net elevation on day 10, you should expect quite a bit of elevation gain as well along the way. On your second to last day of trekking you will retrace your steps from days 4 and 5 of the trek as you head towards Tengboche and then to Namche Bazaar.

You will gain some elevation right from the start before starting the slow but steady decline down the valley. As you approach Tengboche, there will be a bit of an uphill until you reach the village itself.

This will be your half way point of the 12 mile trail, so feel free to rest up a bit and have some lunch somewhere in Tengboche (and feel free to visit the monastery if you haven’t yet).

From Tengboche you will immediately lose a large chunk of elevation as you make your way on the tricky and uneven terrain downhill. It is then back up from the bottom of the valley as you gain elevation until you reach the path etched into the valley’s wall.

After going through this tough portion of elevation gain, it is a nice stroll alongside the valley wall until you reach Namche Bazaar.

Suspension Bridge Pheriche to Namche

Day 11 – Namche Bazaar to Lukla

Distance : 11.9 miles / 19.1 km

Ending Elevation : 9,318 ft / 2,840 m

True Elevation Gain : 2,904 ft / 885 m

Net Elevation Gain : -1,968 ft / -600 m

Learn More → Namche Bazaar to Lukla Day 11

On the final day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary, it is time to make the hike to Lukla. This will be the same route that you came in on during days 1 and 2 of the trail.

It will be another long hiking day as you trek for the final 12 miles of the route. And again, while this will be a big net loss for the day in terms of elevation, there will still be plenty of uphill sections to make your way through as well.

After leaving Namche though, you will immediately lose a vast amount of the elevation as you head out of town and down the rocky terrain. You will soon come across the resting platform (from day 2), where you can now enjoy your last view of Mount Everest.

It is then more river views and suspension bridges as you head down the trail (with some uphill sections too) and towards the village of Phakding. Here you can have your final lunch break, before finishing the trek to Lukla.

Remember, Phakding is actually located lower in elevation than Lukla. This means that for the last portion of trail you actually will have a continuous elevation gain until you reach the end. For the most part this portion of trail is pretty maintained as you slowly head back up towards Lukla.

After 11 days of trekking in and out of Sagarmatha National Park, enjoying Mount Everest and the rest of the Himalayan landscape, you will now have completed the Everest Base Camp trek.

Head on over to a teahouse in town, where you will stay one last night before taking an early morning flight back to Kathmandu.

Namche Bazaar Village

I hope this guide has given you a better sense of how to go about an Everest Base Camp trek itinerary. If you have any questions or comments about the hike, feel free to add them in below.

Also, don’t forget to check out the other Nepal itineraries and guides up on the site, which have a ton more helpful info about the region.

Have fun out there and safe travels!

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

Related posts:

Tengboche to Dingboche Trekking

Sharing is caring!

Thursday 7th of September 2023

Most detailed and informative information I have seen in any blog so far. Amazing work. Thanks for sharing. I am going to use this for my upcoming EBC trek.

Friday 8th of September 2023

Glad you found it all helpful. Hope you have a great time!

Himalayan Vista Trekking

Sunday 16th of July 2023

Such an informative blog, thank you for sharing, we are a trekking agency based in Kathmandu, Nepal, and offers Everest Base Camp Trek.

Ace Vision Treks

Thursday 1st of June 2023

Thank you for sharing your experience about EBC Trek. Your post is helpful who willing to visit Nepal.

Himalayan Wander Walkers

Thursday 23rd of February 2023

Good read of this EBC trek

Amigo Treks

Tuesday 7th of June 2022

It is extremely useful and informative for Everest base camp trekkers. We are a local trekking agency in Kathmandu that provides Everest Base Camp treks.

 alt=

EVERYTHING ABOUT EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

South Base Camp : 5,364 metres (17,598 ft)

images

GUIDE FOR EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

One of the most popular : Trekking Destination

 alt=

HI, NAMASTE !

Welcome to the portal of everest basecamp trek.

Welcome to everestbasecamptreks.com! It is a web-based portal that disseminates a comprehensive and most reliable information about Everest Base Camp trek (EBC) in Nepal. If you have a long-cherished dream for trekking to the base camp of the world’s highest mountain, Mount Everest, this portal would be your most trusted guide to support your planning and preparation for the Everest base camp trek. Our everestbasetreks.com website is for every adventure seeker who loves being in nature involving in trekking or hiking as a beginner or seasoned adventurer for a short or long duration. We offer a plethora of resources to assist you in every step of your EBC trekking journey.

At everestbasecamptreks.com, we give a complete synopsis of the Everest Base Camp trek with day-to-day itinerary, all necessary permits and regulations, recommended gear and packing list, attitude sickness and its prevention, emergency rescue service etc. We also suggest about the best time to trek, difficulty level of the trek, mode of travel, type of available accommodations, type of food provided by every teahouse, tips for acclimatization and what should be the minimum coverage of insurance for EBC trekking.

Get Free Quotes

Get a best quotes from our recommanded local EBC trek operators.

What this portal have:

ebc trek blog

Facts About EBC

Permits for ebc trek.

ebc trek blog

Routs for EBC

Things to explore, news & blog, lifestyle around everest, everest base camp trek, experience the majesty of the himalayas: trek to everest base camp.

The Everest Base Camp (EBC) is one of the all-time favourite destinations in the world for every trekking enthusiast, mountaineer and explorer. Situated at an altitude of 5,364 meters, it is around 150 kilometers (90 miles) northeast of Kathmandu in the Khumbu region of Nepal. The Everest Base Camp on Nepal side is most preferred by people than the one situated in Tibet. Lying in the Solukhumbu district within a UNESCO -listed Sagarmatha National Park, Everest base camp is the most popular trekking trail amongst trekkers and the starting point for climbers who want to summit Mt. Everest, the tallest mountain in the world.

Climbers who wish to summit Mount Everest, the highest mountain in the world, begin their journey from the base camp. At 5,364 meters (17,598 feet) above sea level, the base camp offers stunning views of the neighbouring Himalayan peaks. The EBC Trek, is not only an incredible adventure but also offers a great opportunity to discover the enchanting world of mountains ranging from Mount Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Makalu to Cho Oyu during the trek. Nevertheless, trekkers immerse in the rich culture of the Sherpa people, including their distinctive customs, beliefs, and hospitality as well as the varied flora and wildlife of the Sagarmatha National Park.

FACTS ABOUT EVEREST BASE CAMP

Here is the some list or the highlights of the mt everest and everest base camp..

ebc trek blog

Mount Everest is also called Chomolungma as well Sagarmatha.

There is a "2 o'clock rule" when climbing Mount Everest.

Mount Everest was first climbed in 1953

Sherpas are the only people who can climb Mt. Everest without oxygen

Mount Everest rises 40 cm per century!

More than 300 People Have Died on Mount Everest.

Helicopters can't fly to the top of Mount Everest.

Everest

Tons of human poop are frozen on Mount Everest.

RECOMMENDED ITINERARY OF EBC TREK

As already mentioned we are not a Trekking Agency, we are a information center about the Everest Base Camp and around so this is not a our itinarary this is the basic and popular itinerary that local trekking agencies providing and our recommandation:

Day 1 : Arrival in Kathmandu (1,350 M.)

Welcome to Nepal! Your adventure begins as you touch down in Kathmandu on this first day. We understand that you've been eagerly anticipating this journey, and our representatives are ready to ensure your smooth transition from your flight to your comfortable hotel. After a warm welcome in the hotel, you'll have time to relax for a while. Further, for the remainder of the day, you will have an opportunity to familiarize yourself with the nearby areas and do shopping to fulfill your checklist for the trek. After you are done with the shopping, our team member will give you a brief introduction and provide valuable information about the trek in the evening. Overnight in hotel.

images

Day 2 : Fly to Lukla (30 Min Flight) & Trek to Phakding (2652m)

Following breakfast, an agency’s representative or guide comes to pick you up from your hotel and transfer to Kathmandu Domestic Airport. As per your flight time you catch an early morning flight to Lukla. Almost every trek to Everest Region commences with a flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. It is only a 30-minute flight and during the journey you can see beautiful terrains, tall Himalayan Mountains range from your window seat. They all look really beautiful and majestic. Lukla Airport is a popular gateway for adventure lovers who are keen on trekking in the Everest Region and want to witness the world’s highest mountain. On arrival, you are offered a cup of tea/coffee at a nearby lodge by your guide and waited for your bags to arrive. At the same time your trekking crew finishes final preparations for the trek. In the afternoon, you hike for 3 hours along the Dudh Kosi River to Phakding. Overnight at lodge. .

  • Distance:8.2 Km (Approx)
  • Duration:Approx. 5 Hours
  • Starting Point:Kathmandu
  • Ending Point:Phakding
  • Max Elevation:2652m

Lukla

Day 3 : Trek to Namche Bazaar (3440m)

After breakfast you begin trek to Namche Bazaar, the gateway to the Everest region treks including Base Camp. The trail condition in the beginning is comfortable. After at least two and a half hours walk makes you a bit challenging as you ascend all the way uphill until you reach Namche bazaar, the hub of Sherpa community. On your way to Namche bazaar, you pass through Sagarmatha National Park where you show National Park permit and walk further up and down and reach Jorsalle. Here you stop for lunch and after lunch you continue your walk for two and a half hours, cross Hillary Bridge. and finally, you reach Namche bazaar, the heart of Khumbu. Namche is the largest of all Sherpa settlements and worth exploring place in the Everest region. This is the place where we stop for overnight stay and for acclimatization as well.

  • Distance:10.9Km
  • Duration:5-6 Hours
  • Starting Point:Phakding
  • Ending Point:Namche Bazaar
  • Max Elevation:3440m

Namche

Day 4 : Day of Acclimatization at Namche Bazaar (3440m) and Hike to Hotel Everest View

After breakfast you visit the Sagarmatha National Park Headquarters to enjoy the impressive panoramic views of Mount Everest, Lhotse, Thamserku, Ama Dablam and other magnificent peaks if a good weather permits. You really feel as if you fall in love with the mountains here. Thereafter you visit two important places- Sherpa Culture Museum and Mount Everest documentary Visitor Center. In Sherpa Culture Museum you learn about the traditional Sherpa architecture and style which preserves old and lost Sherpa artifacts in its original form resembling the Sherpa way of life in the past. The first floor of the museum has a family living room and a separate family praying chapel. Downstairs you see the cow stable, yak dung, wood- and hey store just like they are found in a traditional Sherpa family home. Every tourist must visit these places in Namche Bazaar. Through slide show at Visitor Center you are acquainted with a variety of items belonging to the Everest Sherpa climbers' climbing history and get informed about the Sherpa way of life and culture. In addition, you come across coffee shops, bakeries, bars, commercial banks and trekking equipment rental shop in Namche Bazaar. Then, you visit Everest View Hotel, the one and only luxury hotel located at altitude of 3,800 m. From your lodge you can enjoy spectacular views of Mount Everest and other outstanding mountains range. After spending couple of hours, you descend to Namche bazaar for overnight stay at lodge.

  • Distance:6 KM
  • Duration:3 Hour
  • Starting Point:Namche Bazaar

Everest View

Day 5 : Namche Bazaar to Tengboche (3,860m.)

On the fifth day of the Everest Base Camp trek, you head out to the village of Tengboche through through rhododendron forests and beautiful terrains. Tengboche is a small village having a few hotels and restaurants. As you walk gently uphill at the elevation of 3,860 meters from Namche Bazaar, it could be a bit difficult for you from the elevation gain point of view. In spite of that you enjoy some mesmerizing views of the Himalayan Mountain Range including Mount Everest, Lhotse and Ama Dablam in the distance during the trek. When you are passing through the forest you arrive at the suspension bridge and from there you continue your journey across. As soon as you pass this area, a checkpoint comes where you have to provide your permits in order to proceed further. When you reach the well-known Tengboche Monastery, a very popular Buddhist landmark in the Everest region, you feel a spiritual element is added to your trek. You are completely Immersed in the monastery's abundance of cultural offerings as you walk around and take in the tranquil ambiance set against the gorgeous mountains. .

  • Distance:Approx. 9.5KM
  • Ending Point:Tengboche
  • Max Elevation:38860m

Tengboche

Day 6 : Tengboche to Dingboche (4,410 m)

After witnessing the morning rituals at the Tengboche monastery you leave behind Tengboche village and hike towards the village of Dingboche. The path now leads you through a valley surrounded by impossibly tall mountains. Today you are heading towards the higher elevation and you find the landscape is changing with less trees and progressively becoming barren. You follow the trail to Deboche where you stop for lunch. As you enter the Imjatse Valley, the trail becomes less challenging. From this point on, the majestic Buddhist stupa en -route becomes your constant companion, beside the imposing Mount Ama Dablam. After hiking for about two hours from Tengboche and crossing the Imja Khola river, you eventually reach Pangboche, a tiny town. It is only a two-hour walk from Tengboche, it does not appear to be a well-liked location for overnight stays along the EBC journey. But most trekkers prefer to stay overnight at this scenic agricultural village of Dingboche. Today’s hike is your first exposure to barren rocky terrain with high winds and cold.

  • Distance:10.5 KM
  • Duration:Approx. 6 Hour
  • Starting Point:Tengboche
  • Ending Point:Dingboche
  • Max Elevation:4410m

Dingboche Everest

  • Day 7 : Acclimatization Day

Today is a very important acclimatization day. The scenery around Dingboche is really beautiful. You surely forget the pain of ascending at the higher elevation within no time I On your acclimatization day you can visit two Buddhist monasteries, the one on a hill at a higher elevation which provides a beautiful view against the sunlit mountains and the other one. At the same time, you can explore the Imja Khola. As you explore this stunning valley that leads up to Island Peak, take in the breath-taking vistas of the Lhotse-Nuptse ridge and the North face of Ama Dablam. The walk is short, rest in the afternoon. Overnight at Dingboche .

  • Starting Point:Dingboche

Dingboche

Day 8 : Dingboche to Lobuche (4,910m)

After breakfast you head north and follow the ascending trail for about 45 minutes. On the way you stop at Dugla for lunch. Then, continue a steady incline for about an hour, enjoying views of Mt. Pumori and other peaks west of Everest. You may stop for a short break to enjoy the scenery. Another hour and a half of trekking will bring you to Lobuche, the second highest village on the EBC trail. The most popular Khumbu Glacier comes into view as you walk towards and alongside the valley wall. The ascent gets a bit more difficult as the trail crosses into the valley and then up the moraine wall of the Khumbu Glacier. Once you are up alongside the glacier, the trail begins to flatten out more as you make the final push towards Lobuche, a small settlement with Sherpa lodges and prayer flags flying above it. Today's trek takes about 5 hours. Overnight at Lobuche.

  • Distance:7.9KM
  • Duration:Approx 4.5 Hours
  • Ending Point:Lobuche
  • Max Elevation:4910m

Laboche

Day 9 : Lobuche to Gorak Shep (5,160m) to EBC (5,364 m) to Gorak Shep Approx 12 km/ 7hrs

Early morning you set out from Lobuche to Gorak Shep. After having lunch at Gorak Shep, you are heading to Mt. Everest Base Camp with a moderate climb, giving you an opportunity to get used to the higher altitude. Gorak Shep is a remote outpost that serves as an important stop for trekkers en -route to Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar. It is the exciting 4-hour round hike to Everest Base Camp. On your way to Everest Base Camp, you can see the surrounding area changing as you walk; the alpine greenery becomes less common and gives place to stony areas. As you walk from Gorak Shep, you are immersed in an unparalleled panoramic view of the Himalayan giants. It would be a wonderful sight of Everest, Nuptse, and other peaks bathed in the morning light! You can capture this precious moment with your camera or simply sit in contemplation. As you approach near the Khumbu Glacier and walk side by side of the glacier you enjoy the distinctiveness of the glacier and panorama. The hike is not too steep, but it is rough and rocky. You ramble on the stretches of the Khumbu Glacier. After a few minutes of hiking, you get the sights of Khumbu Ice Fall, the starting point of the Everest Climb. This is where you also see Mount Everest, the highest mountain in the world. After a while, you will reach the end of Everest Base Camp, where a rock with EBC written on it. Around the area, you will also find colorful prayer flags. This is the very special moment for you to celebrate with your trekking crew or companion and photos. You will finally be at the world’s highest peak base camp. Then, you will return to Gorak shep retracing the same path. Today's trek to Everest Base Camp and return to Gorak Shep takes about 7-8 Hours. .

  • Distance:12KM
  • Duration:Approx 7 Hour
  • Starting Point:Lobuche
  • Ending Point:Gorak Shep
  • Max Elevation:5364m

Gorak Shep

Day 10 : Gorak Shep to Kalapathar ( 5,545m) to Pheriche (4,210 m)Approx 15 km/ 7-8 hrs

After spending a night at Gorakshep, you wake up early and embark on day excursion to Kalapatthar to enjoy sunrise view and get a closer look of Mt. Everest. From Gorak Shep to Kalapatthar it takes 1.5 to 2.5 hours. Although the rough terrain and high altitude make the ascent a bit difficult, the breathtaking vistas of today make it worthwhile. At Kalapathar while taking in breathtaking sweeping views of Everest, Nuptse and other mountains you feel as if you reach on top of the world. You retrace your steps back to Gorakshep, have breakfast and continue your trek to Pheriche. It is easier and mostly downhill all the way. Nothing too steep! So, you need to walk slowly and steadily. Pheriche where you are going to stay overnight is a small, traditional Sherpa village located at 4270 m. It offers you an opportunity to experience the unique culture, customs and hospitality of the Sherpa people .

  • Distance:15KM
  • Duration:Approx 7-8 Hours
  • Starting Point:Gorak Shep
  • Ending Point:Kalapathar
  • Max Elevation:5545m

Kala Patthar

Day 11 : Pheriche to Namche Bazaar (6-7 hrs)

Today your trek follows downhill path to Namche Bazaar. You enjoy the exclusive natural beauty of the mountains and greenery while doing the trek. You walk through a beautiful Sherpa settlements of Tengboche, Phunki Tenga, and Kyangjuma on your way back to Namche Bazaar. If the weather permits, you are able to see the peaks of the Mount Everest quite clearly, covered with white snow glittering by the effect of sunlight. The trail continues over Imja Khola (Imja river) along the hillside with wildlife site teemed with musk deer, mountain goat (locally called Himalayan Thar) and many species of birds including colorful Pheasant (Danphe- Nepal National Bird). On arrival in Namche Bazaar, you can take your snack or any delicacies and relax. Overnight stay at Namche Bazaar.

  • Duration:6-7 Hours
  • Starting Point:Pheriche
  • Max Elevation:144m

Namche Bazaar

Day 12 : Namche Bazaar to Lukla (2,800m).

On your way back from Namche Bazaar you enjoy the stunning scenery and cultural richness along the way. You come across several Sherpa villages and tea houses every couple of kilometres with plenty of snacks and water supplies. Lots of nice views around and hanging bridges to pass. Watch your knees on the steep downhill walk to Lukla! Today is your final day of Everest Base Camp trekking. Overnight stay at lodge.

  • Distance:13.5
  • Duration:Approx 6 Hours
  • Ending Point:Lukla

Day 13 : Morning flight to Kathmandu

An early morning flight from Lukla to Kathmandu completes your Everest trekking journey in Nepal. Once you board your flight from Lukla , you soar once again as you take in the sights of the highest mountains. When you arrive at TIA, you can take a taxi yourself or a representative from your trekking agency transfers to your hotel. The rest of the day you may explore the city, go shopping or just relax in hotel.

  • Distance:138KM
  • Duration:Approx 1/2 Hour
  • Starting Point:Lukla
  • Ending Point:Kathmandu

kathmandu city

Day 14 : Transfer to airport for final departure

Your stay in Nepal is ended with a departure transfer to the Tribhuvan International Airport to board your flight for your home country or onward journey.

Kathmandu

  • Day 1 : Arrival in Kathmandu
  • Day 2 : Fly to Lukla
  • Day 3 : Trek to Namche Bazaar
  • Day 4 : Acclimatization Day
  • Day 5 : Namche to Tengboche
  • Day 6 : Tengboche to Dingboche
  • Day 8 : Dingboche to Lobuche
  • Day 9 : Lobuche to Gorak Shep
  • Day 10 : G.S. to Kalapathar to Pheriche
  • Day 11 : Pheriche to Namche
  • Day 12 : Namche Bazaar to Lukla
  • Day 13 : Flight to Kathmandu
  • Day 14 : Departure from Kathmandu

THINGS TO EXPLORE AT EVEREST BASE CAMP

ebc trek blog

Namche Bazar

Vibrant and bustling market town for being a popular stop for trekkers and climbers heading towards Mount Everest.

ebc trek blog

Sherpa Museum

Historical Museum with sherpa and mountain culture.

ebc trek blog

Kalapatthar

Explore the heighest peak of the trek Kalapatthar and around.

Explore Gokyo lake which is surrounding by beautiful mountains.

UPDATES / NEWS

13-April-2023

26-March-2023

BLOGS / SHARING

Everest Base camp Trek

FAMOUS TREKKING ROUTS BASE CAMP TREK

These are the famous treking routs for the EBC Trek.

ebc trek blog

Normal Everest Base Camp Trek

Ebc with gokyo lake, ebc with three high pass, ebc from jiri & gokyo lake, ebc helicopter tour, luxury ebc trek, permit for everest base camp trek, how you can get permit for the ebc trek .

To trek into the Everest region, an entry permit is required as Everest Base Camp is located within a protected zone in the Sagarmatha region. The permits for the EBC Trek encompass permissions from the Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality, Sagarmatha National Park, and optionally, the Gauri Shankar Conservation Area.

See detail:

GEARS FOR EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

For many people, trekking to Everest Base Camp is an adventure of a lifetime. It involves good planning and preparation, just like any other adventure, with a right decision on what to bring for the EBC trek. In this post we have mentioned a comprehensive packing list for the Everest Base Camp trek along with information on gadgets, clothing, gear, and other useful items which we know from our own experience when we organize EBC trek several times. We have enlisted the most essential goods and gear for the EBC trek below as the Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List:

  • 2 dri fit short sleeved shirts
  • 2 long sleeved thermal tops
  • 2 thermal pants (1 for sleeping)
  • 2 sports bras (for woman)
  • Undergarment (disposables)
  • Fleece jacket
  • Down jacket
  • Outer waterproof windbreaker
  • 2 pairs of regular long socks
  • 1 pair of thicker long socks
  • -20-degree Celsius sleeping bag (provided by trekking agency)
  • Sleeping bag liner
  • Trekking shoes (ideally high/mid cut and waterproof as there are quite a few rivers crossing)
  • Trekking poles
  • Swiss Army Knife (for any other emergencies!)
  • Dry shampoo
  • Body soap, Shampoo
  • Facial wash
  • Sunblock (minimally SPF 50 and above)
  • Moisturiser
  • Tooth paste, Tooth brush
  • Foot powder
  • Small microfibre towel
  • Lunette cup
  • Lip balm (best with SPF protection)
  • Listerine mouth wash

Miscellaneous

  • Thermal flask (super useful especially at sub -zero temperatures at higher altitudes!
  • Medication (flu, diarrhoea., nauseous pills, Ibuprofen/Panadol Diamox (altitude sickness), lozenges, handiplast waterproof, and other usual medication that you take)
  • Water purification tablets
  • Toilet paper
  • Hand sanitiser

Accessories

  • Sunglasses with UV rays protection
  • Waterproof thick gloves

Electronic Gadgets

  • Mobile phone
  • Phone charger
  • Slim lightweight 5,000mAh portable battery
  • Camera + extra batteries
  • Tripod (Optional)

Documents & Money

  • Travel / Medical Insurance
  • Passport size photo (1)
  • Some Nepalese Cash Money

Food and Snacks

  • High-energy snacks

Few more words about Everest Base Camp Trek

When the call of Everest Region Trekking beckons, it's hard to resist. Nepal offers an abundance of mountaineering opportunities, with eight of the world's 14 tallest peaks over 8,000 meters located in this small Himalayan country. Among these, Everest stands as the ultimate challenge. Even before the historic ascent by Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa, the dream of conquering Mount Everest has captivated adventurers and thrill-seekers alike.

The trek leaders who accompany during the trip are experienced, certified guide with a deep knowledge of altitude sickness and other problems that arise at high altitudes. They are able to recognize the early warning indicators of AMS and take the appropriate precautions to avoid it. The trek leaders are also all Wilderness First Aid Responders, who are diligent in handling emergencies. In brief, it concludes that Everest Base Camp connects Nature, Culture and Adventure with trekkers in a profound way.

LIFE STYLE AT EBC AREA

One of the most famous treks in the world is the Everest Base Camp Trek, which attracts thousands of hikers each year. The trek provides an opportunity to experience local culture and lifestyle in addition to an amazing adventure with beautiful views. The Sherpa people come from Nepal’s Himalayan area and are distinguished by their distinctive culture and mountaineering ability. In this blog post, we will look at the Sherpa culture and their local way of life at the Everest Base Camp trek area.

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a challenging trek, and the native way of life is as rugged as the area. Many little communities, each with a distinctive culture and way of life, are passed through on the walk. The settlements give visitors a view of the area’s native way of life. The Sherpa people of the villages are known for their kindness and hospitality to hikers.

The villages along the trek route are self-sufficient, and the locals grow their own food and rearing livestock. The diet of the locals is simple, consisting mainly of rice, dal (lentils), and vegetables. Meat is a more special delicacy, and most of the meat consumed is yak and chicken.

Image

Accomodation

Image

Here are the list of the Frequently Askeing and searching quetions for the Evereset Base Camp Trek.

Which season is best for the EBC Trek ?

The best seasons for the Everest Base Camp (EBC) Trek are spring (March to May) and autumn (September to November).

Is there healthcare centers or hospital around EBC?

Yes, there are healthcare centers and hospitals available in the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trekking region, but they are limited and basic. Health posts with local healthcare professionals providing primary medical care for minor illnesses or injuries can be found in lower parts of the trekking route like Lukla, Namche Bazaar, and Tengboche. In case of serious medical emergencies, trekkers may need to be evacuated by helicopter to major cities like Kathmandu for proper medical treatment. It's important to be prepared, carry a basic first aid kit, and have travel insurance that covers emergency medical evacuation during the EBC trek.

images

everest base camp trek guide logo mountain iq

  • Classic EBC Trek
  • EBC + Gokyo Trek
  • Jiri to EBC
  • 3 Passes Trek to EBC
  • Island Peak and EBC
  • Acclimatisation
  • Packing List

Get a Trek Quote

Make the Right Choice for Your EBC Trek

Get my recommendations on the best EBC trek operators. Also get a $50 discount code towards your booking.

What travellers say?

I've helped 1000s of people plan a safe and successful EBC hiking adventure.

mario c

The response I got from Mark was truly amazing. Fast and with as much information as you can imagine.

Mario, Spain

michelle

Very informative website with useful tips - just looking forward to when we are able to book something now!

Michelle, UK

george

Mark’s service went well beyond what I had expected, and we are already looking to plan our next trip through Mark and Mountain IQ.

George, USA

teodora

Very courteous and helpful. I appreciated the email communications and valuable advice provided in them.

Teodora, USA

yiannis

While I was searching for our trek experience I must admit that no guides where as analytical and informative as Mountain IQ. All info was to the point and extremely professional.

Yiannis, Greece

nathalie

Really helpful, knowledgeable and professional. Definitely recommend Mark and the team.

Nathalie, UK

See more reviews on Google .

google reviews

Why get in touch?

In addition to getting unlimited email access to ask me questions, you'll also receive...

Selection of companies

See which companies I recommend. All have great safety and ethical records.

Answers to key questions

From when to go, which routes I recommend, what gear to take and which travel insurance to get, I answer everything.

$50 discount coupon

Access a $50 discount coupon that you can use to book with selected operators.

ebc trek tours

Hey, I’m Mark.

I started this website in 2014 after hiking to EBC for the first time (I've since hiked both the classic and Gokyo lakes routes). Over 2 million people have visited and benefitted from this site.

For 3 years I ran a major EBC trek operator. 

Today I run Skyhook - an adventure travel booking platform that connects travellers with guides I've personally vetted.

My aim is to provide expert advice to help you prepare for a safe and successful EBC trekking experience. 

Discover EBC's Best: See My Top Recommended Companies Now!

Get my recommendations on the best EBC trek operators in terms of value, safety, and porter welfare. Also get a $50 discount code towards your booking.

ebc trek guide mountain iq logo

ROUTE OPTIONS

Everest Base Camp Trek

Gokyo Lakes Trek to EBC

Three Passes Trek to EBC

Jiri to EBC Trek

EBC and Island Peak

EBC Packing List

Acclimatisation Guide

Trek Insurance

EBC Weather Guide

Training Guide

useful links

[email protected]

Privacy | Terms | DMCA | Affiliate Disclosure | Site Map

As an Amazon Associate, EBC Trek Guide earns from qualifying purchases.

© 2023 EBC Trek Guide | A Mountain IQ Guide. All Rights Reserved

IMAGES

  1. Seven Summit Treks THE 3 PASSES TREK WITH EBC

    ebc trek blog

  2. EBC Trek 2021: Day 7, Arrived in Base Camp!

    ebc trek blog

  3. Everest Base Camp Trek

    ebc trek blog

  4. Everest Base Camp Trek

    ebc trek blog

  5. How to Prepare for EBC Trek in Tibet?

    ebc trek blog

  6. EBC Trek Day 12-10

    ebc trek blog

COMMENTS

  1. Everest Base Camp Trek

    For a complete cent-by-cent cost breakdown of our trek to Everest Base Camp in 2020. Cost of trekking to EBC in different ways in a nutshell: Package tour EBC trek with international agency $1700. Package tour EBC trek with local agency $1600. Independent EBC trek with a guide and porter $1370.

  2. The Everest Base Camp Trek in 12 Days

    12 Day Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary. Day 1: Fly to Lukla, Hike to Phakding. Day 2: Phakding to Namche Bazaar. Day 3: Acclimatization Day. Day 4: Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. Day 5: Tengoche to Dingboche. Day 6: Acclimatization Day. Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche. Day 8: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to EBC to Gorak Shep.

  3. Everest Base Camp Trek Blog: A Day by Day Guide

    The Everest Base Camp Blog begins at 7 am on Day Two for an 8 am exit from Phakding. This was one of the toughest days of the Everest Base Camp trek in terms of physical exercise - 16km of rather relentless up and down - particularly the last two hours. It is, however, quite a stunning walk.

  4. Everest Base Camp trek itinerary

    Insurance for the Everest Base Camp trek. The Everest Base Camp trek is a high-altitude trek through remote areas of Nepal. If you have serious altitude sickness or other serious medical problems in difficult-to-access like EBC or the Annapurna Circuit trek, it's highly recommended to have travel insurance that will cover you for the whole period of your trek, evacuation by helicopter might ...

  5. Everest Base Camp Trek

    The iconic Everest Base Camp Trek leads you through the Khumbu Valley, allowing you to experience the immense beauty of the surrounding Sagarmatha National Park while simultaneously providing breath-taking vistas of 4 of the 6 highest peaks in the world - My. Everest (8.848m), Mt. Lhotse (8,516 meters), Mt. Makalu (8,470 meters) and Cho Oyu (8,201 meters).

  6. 15 Days Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary in 2024

    15-Days Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary. Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Monjo. Day 2: Monjo to Namche Bazaar. Day 3: Namche Bazaar. Day 4: Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. Day 5: Tengboche to Dingboche. Day 6: Dingboche. Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche. Day 8: Lobuche to Gorakshep to Everest Base Camp and back.

  7. Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide

    EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DETAILS. Distance: 120 km round-trip from Lukla to Base Camp and back to Lukla (You will fly to Lukla from Kathmandu); Days required: 12 -14 days; Total Incline: (Undulation) - 6015 m; Total Decline:(Undulation) - 5821 m; The highest point on the trek: 5640 m/18 500 ft, this is actually at Kala Patthar, which you will hike to in the morning after reaching Everest ...

  8. The ULTIMATE Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary [2024]

    Altitude: Kathmandu (1 400m) - Lukla (2 860m) - Phakding (2 610m). Trekking time: 3-4 hours | 7,4 km. Difficulty: Easy with only a few uphill sections. Highlight: Flight into Lukla. Overview: The first day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start bright and early with a flight out of Kathmandu to the infamous Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla.

  9. The Ultimate Guide to Everest Base Camp Trek in 2024

    Trekking to 5,550m/18,204ft0 at its highest point (Kala Patthar), the two weeks Everest Base Camp trek (EBC trek) is the most loved and popular trekking route in the World. This amazing adventurous journey takes you around the foothills of the renowned World's highest peak, Mt. Everest (8,848.86m). The major attraction of the EBC trek is Kala ...

  10. Everest Base Camp

    Depending on the journey and accommodation days, the total cost of the Everest base camp Trek Package can range from USD 1250 to USD 3000 per person. It covers the costs of hiking permits, TIM cards, food, lodging, transportation, flights to and from Lukla, guides, and porters. Namche Bazaar is the penultimate stop on the Everest trek, where we ...

  11. Mount Everest Base Camp Trek: Nepal EBC Trekking Guide

    Trekking Distance. The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles). That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don't do any of the detours. Don't let that scare you off. It's a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

  12. Perfect Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

    Day 8: Dugla to Lobuche. Day 9: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp, back to Gorak Shep. Day 10: Gorak Shep to Kala Pattar to Lobuche. Day 11: Lobuche to Dzongla. Day 12: Dzongla over Cho La Pass to Gokyo. Day 13: Gokyo Sacred Lakes and Rest Day. Day 14: Climb Gokyo Ri then Gokyo to Dole.

  13. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Guide - Tipping - 10% - 15% of the total cost of the trip. We find this the easiest to figure out. If you paid $2000 for your trek, the lead guide should receive $200 - $300. Guide per day - Some suggest $10 - $15 per day per person for guides - For a 14 day trek that means you would tip your guide $140 - $210.

  14. Three Passes Trek to Everest Base Camp

    The trek is more challenging than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek and its other variations as it involves traversing the three high passes that lend the trek its name - Renjo La, Cho La and Kongma La - each over 5,000m. The trek begins in the popular starting point of Lukla before heading north along the classic trek to Namche Bazaar.

  15. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Blog; Contact Us (855) 208-6800; Previous Next ... Rain and snowfall can come without warning in the high Himalayas, and weather patterns on the EBC Trek have little respect for the so-called high season, so inclement weather can happen any time of the year. Winter trekkers will need to plan a little more, though, in order to deal with all that ...

  16. 10 essential things to know before hiking the Everest Base Camp Trail

    3. It's best to start your EBC trek in Jiri. Most people fly from Kathmandu to Lukla and start trekking the EBC trail there. However, before the landing strip at Lukla was built, all EBC hikers and climbers (including the famous Edmund Hillary) started their adventure in Jiri.

  17. Everest Base Camp Blog: My Experience Doing Everest Base Camp Solo

    Day 8: Lobuche to Gorak Shep via EBC. This is a difficult, very long day. We left Lobuche at 8, only arriving at Gorak Shep at noon. It isn't a particularly difficult trek up to Gorak Shep, as you trek through a beautiful valley and it's initially a gradual ascent. Towards the end of the trek up to Gorak Shep, you're trekking through rock ...

  18. Everest Base Camp Trek Distance, Length and Elevation

    Distance. The classic Everest Base Camp trek from Lukla to EBC and back is 130km long - 65km each way - which may sound like a lot of trekking! Fear not, because the typical round trip to Everest Base Camp takes around 12 days, the actual distance you will be covering each day will be about 15km - a much more reasonable and achievable number.

  19. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Everest Base Camp Trek | EBC Trekking For 2024/25 Overview. Everest Base Camp Trek - a 14 Days trek is a perfect timeframe to reach the base camp of Mount Everest. Laying at the Solukhumbu district within the Sagarmatha National Park, Everest base camp trek is the most popular trekking amongst trekkers due to the sheer popularity of Mt. Everest.

  20. Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary Blog

    Day 1 - Fly to Lukla | Trek to Phakding. Day 2 - Phakding to Namche Bazaar. Day 3 - Namche Bazaar Acclimatization. Day 4 - Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. Day 5 - Tengboche to Dingboche. Day 6 - Dingboche Acclimatization. Day 7 - Dingboche to Lobuche. Day 8 - Lobuche to Gorak Shep + Everest Base Camp.

  21. Everest Base Camp Trek

    The Everest Base Camp (EBC) is one of the all-time favourite destinations in the world for every trekking enthusiast, mountaineer and explorer. Situated at an altitude of 5,364 meters, it is around 150 kilometers (90 miles) northeast of Kathmandu in the Khumbu region of Nepal. The Everest Base Camp on Nepal side is most preferred by people than ...

  22. Blog

    Blog; Contact; Get a Trek Quote; highlight. Coronavirus Pandemic: Can I Still Hike To Everest Base Camp? (Covid 19 Update) most recent. Coronavirus Pandemic: Can I Still Hike To Everest Base Camp? (Covid 19 Update) ... As an Amazon Associate, EBC Trek Guide earns from qualifying purchases.

  23. Trek To Everest Base Camp

    Hey, I'm Mark. I started this website in 2014 after hiking to EBC for the first time (I've since hiked both the classic and Gokyo lakes routes). Over 2 million people have visited and benefitted from this site. For 3 years I ran a major EBC trek operator. Today I run Skyhook - an adventure travel booking platform that connects travellers with ...